HR15

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
B ENGINE

SECTION EC EC
E
CONTENTS
MODIFICATION NOTICE ............................................ 8 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ............. 68 F
Major Modification Item ............................................ 8 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 68
APPLICATION NOTICE .............................................. 9 Ground Inspection .................................................. 71
How to Check Vehicle Type ..................................... 9 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE... 73 G
Description .............................................................. 73
HR On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 73
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 73
H
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................... 10 DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION ....................... 74
DTC No. Index ....................................................... 10 Description .............................................................. 74
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 12 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 74
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 14 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 74 I
System Diagram ..................................................... 14 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ....................................... 75
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 15 Description .............................................................. 75
Introduction ............................................................ 15 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode J
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 15 ... 75
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 15 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 76
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 19 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 76
K
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 19 Overall Function Check .......................................... 77
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 25 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 78
Fail-Safe Chart ....................................................... 26 Component Description .......................................... 78
Basic Inspection ..................................................... 27 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode L
Symptom Matrix Chart ........................................... 32 ... 78
Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 35 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 78
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 40 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 79 M
Wiring Diagram — ECM — .................................... 41 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 80
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............. 44 Component Description .......................................... 80
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................... 44 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 80
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor ...... 52 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 81
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR .............................. 82
Mode ...................................................................... 55 Component Description .......................................... 82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE... 57 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ............................................................. 57 ... 82
Testing Condition .................................................... 57 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 82
Inspection Procedure ............................................. 57 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 83
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 58 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................... 84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- Component Description .......................................... 84
DENT ........................................................................ 67 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ............................................................. 67 ... 84
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 67 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 84
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 85
Revision: 2006 January EC-1 C11

DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................... 86 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description .......................................... 86 .104
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 104
... 86 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 104
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 86 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 106
Overall Function Check .......................................... 87 Component Description ........................................ 106
DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................... 88 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 106
Component Description .......................................... 88 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 106
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 107
... 88 System Description ............................................... 107
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 88 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 89 .108
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .............................. 90 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 108
Component Description .......................................... 90 Overall Function Check ......................................... 109
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 110
... 90 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................ 111
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 90 Component Description ........................................ 111
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 91 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 111
DTC P0327, P0328 KS .............................................. 92 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 111
Component Description .......................................... 92 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................ 112
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 92 Component Description ........................................ 112
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 92 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 112
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 93 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 112
Component Description .......................................... 93 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 113
... 93 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 113
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 93 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 114
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 94 Component Description ........................................ 114
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................... 95 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description .......................................... 95 . 114
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 95 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 114
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 96 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 114
DTC P0605 ECM ....................................................... 97 Overall Function Check ......................................... 114
Component Description .......................................... 97 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 116
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 97 Description ............................................................ 116
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 97 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1065 ECM ....................................................... 99 . 116
Component Description .......................................... 99 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 116
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 99 FAIL-SAFE MODE ................................................ 116
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 99 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 116
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 100 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 117
Component Description ........................................ 100 Component Description ........................................ 117
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 100 . 117
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 100 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 117
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 100 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 118
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 119
ACTUATOR ............................................................. 101 Component Description ........................................ 119
Component Description ........................................ 101 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 101 . 119
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 101 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 119
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 120
FUNCTION .............................................................. 103 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................ 121
Description ............................................................ 103 Component Description ........................................ 121
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 103 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 103 .121
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 121
RELAY ..................................................................... 104 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 122
Component Description ........................................ 104

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ..................................... 123 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 204
Component Description ........................................ 123 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 204 A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION ..................... 205
. 123 Description ............................................................ 205
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 123 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 205 EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 124 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 205
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 125 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 206
Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 125 Description ............................................................ 206
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 125 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode C
Mass Air Flow Sensor .......................................... 125 . 206
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................ 125 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 207
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 125 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 207 D
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 125 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................ 209
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .......................... 125 Component Description ........................................ 209
Throttle Control Motor .......................................... 125 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode E
Fuel Injector ......................................................... 125 . 209
Fuel Pump ............................................................ 125 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 209
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 210
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 211 F
MR TYPE 1
INDEX FOR DTC .................................................... 126 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 211
DTC No. Index ..................................................... 126 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 211 G
Alphabetical Index ................................................ 128 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ......................... 213
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 130 Component Description ........................................ 213
System Diagram ................................................... 130 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 213 H
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 131 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 214
Introduction .......................................................... 131 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 215
Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 131 Component Description ........................................ 215
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 132 I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
OBD System Operation Chart .............................. 142 . 215
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 148 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 215
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 148 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 216 J
DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 154 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 217
Fail-Safe Chart ..................................................... 155 Component Description ........................................ 217
Basic Inspection ................................................... 156 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode K
Symptom Matrix Chart ......................................... 161 . 217
Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 164 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 217
Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 169 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 218 L
Wiring Diagram — ECM — .................................. 170 DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................. 219
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 173 Component Description ........................................ 219
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 173 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ...................... 181 . 219 M
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor .... 183 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 219
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 220
Mode .................................................................... 186 Overall Function Check ........................................ 221
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 188 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 222
Description ........................................................... 188 Component Description ........................................ 222
Testing Condition .................................................. 188 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Inspection Procedure ........................................... 188 . 222
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 189 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 222
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 223
DENT ...................................................................... 198 Overall Function Check ........................................ 224
Description ........................................................... 198 DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER ................................. 225
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 198 Description ............................................................ 225
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .......... 199 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 199 . 225
Ground Inspection ................................................ 202 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 225
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 204 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 226
Description ........................................................... 204

DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 227 .250
Component Description ........................................ 227 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 250
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 251
. 227 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 252
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 227 Description ............................................................ 252
REVVING ENGINE FROM IDLE TO 3,000 RPM DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 252
QUICKLY AFTER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS Overall Function Check ......................................... 253
ARE MET.DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................ 229 DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 254
Component Description ........................................ 229 Component Description ........................................ 254
. 229 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 254
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 229 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 256
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 230 Component Description ........................................ 256
Overall Function Check ........................................ 231 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER .................................. 232 .256
Description ............................................................ 232 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 256
. 232 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 232 ACTUATOR ............................................................. 257
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 234 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 257
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 234 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 257
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 234 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 236 FUNCTION .............................................................. 259
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................ 238 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 259
Component Description ........................................ 238 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode RELAY ..................................................................... 260
. 238 Component Description ........................................ 260
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS- On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 260
FIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ..................... 240 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 260
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 240 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 262
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ............................................ 242 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 262
Component Description ........................................ 242 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 262
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 242 DTC P1143 HO2S1 .................................................. 263
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 243 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 243 .263
. 243 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 264
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 243 Overall Function Check ......................................... 265
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 244 DTC P1144 HO2S1 .................................................. 266
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 245 Component Description ........................................ 266
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 245 .266
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 247 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 267
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 247 Overall Function Check ......................................... 268
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 247 DTC P1146 HO2S2 .................................................. 269
Overall Function Check ........................................ 248 Component Description ........................................ 269
DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................... 250 .269
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 270 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................ 290
Overall Function Check ........................................ 271 Component Description ........................................ 290 A
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................. 272 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 272 . 290
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 290 EC
. 272 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 291
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 272 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ..................................... 292
Overall Function Check ........................................ 274 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode C
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ....... 275 . 292
System Description .............................................. 275 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 292
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 293 D
. 276 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 294
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 276 Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 294
Overall Function Check ........................................ 276 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 294 E
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 278 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 294
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................ 279 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 294
Component Description ........................................ 279 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 294
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 279 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 294 F
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 279 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 294
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................ 280 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .......................... 294
Component Description ........................................ 280 Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 294 G
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 280 Fuel Injector .......................................................... 295
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 280 Fuel Pump ............................................................ 295
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 281 H
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 281 MR TYPE 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 281
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ...................................... 282 INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 296
DTC No. Index ...................................................... 296 I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Alphabetical Index ................................................ 298
. 282 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 300
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 282 System Diagram ................................................... 300 J
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 282 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 301
Overall Function Check ........................................ 283 Introduction ........................................................... 301
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 301 K
REVOLUTION SENSOR) ....................................... 284 Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 301
Description ........................................................... 284 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 305
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 305
L
. 284 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 311
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 284 Fail-Safe Chart ..................................................... 312
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................ 285 Basic Inspection ................................................... 313
Description ........................................................... 285 Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 318 M
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 321
. 285 Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 326
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 285 Wiring Diagram — ECM — ................................... 327
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 285 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 330
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................ 286 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 330
Component Description ........................................ 286 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor ..... 338
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
. 286 Mode ..................................................................... 341
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 286 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 343
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 287 Description ............................................................ 343
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................ 288 Testing Condition .................................................. 343
Component Description ........................................ 288 Inspection Procedure ............................................ 343
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 344
. 288 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 288 DENT ....................................................................... 353
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 289 Description ............................................................ 353
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 353

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ........... 354 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................ 378
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 354 Component Description ........................................ 378
Ground Inspection ................................................ 357 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 359 .378
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 359 DTC P0327, P0328 KS ............................................ 380
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION ..................... 360 Component Description ........................................ 380
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 360 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 381
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 361 Component Description ........................................ 381
Description ............................................................ 361 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .381
. 361 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 381
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 362 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 383
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 364 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 383
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
. 364 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................... 385
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 365 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 366 .385
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 367 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 387
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 368 Description ............................................................ 387
. 368 Overall Function Check ......................................... 388
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 368 DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 389
DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 370 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 389
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 391
. 370 Component Description ........................................ 391
DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 372 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 391
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
. 372 ACTUATOR ............................................................. 392
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 372 Component Description ........................................ 392
Overall Function Check ........................................ 373 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 392
DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER .................................. 374 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 392
Description ............................................................ 374 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode FUNCTION .............................................................. 394
. 374 Description ............................................................ 394
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 374 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 394
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 375 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 394
DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER .................................. 376 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Description ............................................................ 376 RELAY ..................................................................... 395
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description ........................................ 395
. 376 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 376 .395
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 395

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........ 397 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 407
Component Description ........................................ 397 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 407 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 397 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 408
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ....... 398 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EC
System Description .............................................. 398 . 408
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 399 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 410 C
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 400 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................ 402 . 410 D
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 402 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 411
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 402 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................ 412 E
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................ 403 Component Description ........................................ 412
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 403 . 412
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 403 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 412 F
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 404 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 413
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 404 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ..................................... 414
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 404 Component Description ........................................ 414 G
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ...................................... 405 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 405 . 414
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 414 H
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 405 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 416
Overall Function Check ........................................ 405 Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 416
I
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 416
REVOLUTION SENSOR) ....................................... 406 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 416
Description ........................................................... 406 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 416
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 416 J
. 406 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 416
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 406 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .......................... 416
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................ 407 Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 416 K
Description ........................................................... 407 Fuel Injector .......................................................... 416
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Fuel Pump ............................................................ 416
. 407 L

MODIFICATION NOTICE
MODIFICATION NOTICE PFP:00000
Major Modification Item GBS006MT
● MR18DE engine models have been applied.

APPLICATION NOTICE
APPLICATION NOTICE PFP:00000

A
How to Check Vehicle Type GBS006N2
Service information Remarks

MR TYPE 1 ● Models for Australia EC
MR TYPE 2 ●Models except for Australia

INDEX FOR DTC
[HR]
INDEX FOR DTC
[HR] PFP:00024
DTC No. Index GBS001I0
NOTE:
● If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-73, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-74, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
DTC*1 Items
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II ECM*2
U1000 1000*3, *5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-73
U1001 1001*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-73

U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) EC-74
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 Flashing*4 FURTHER TESTING —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-75
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-78
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-80
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-82
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) EC-84
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) EC-86
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-88
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-92
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-93
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-95
P0605 0605 ECM EC-97
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT EC-99
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-100
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-101
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-103
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR EC-104
P1128 1128 ETC MOT EC-106
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-107
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING EC-111
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-113

INDEX FOR DTC
[HR]
DTC*1 Items
Reference page A
CONSULT-II ECM*2
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION BL-42
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-114 EC
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-116
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-117
C
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-119 D
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR EC-121
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-123
E
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*4: When engine is running, MIL may flash. F
*5: For A/T models

INDEX FOR DTC
[HR]
Alphabetical Index GBS001I1
NOTE:
Items DTC*1
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II ECM*2
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 EC-117
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 EC-123
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-116
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 3, *5 EC-73
1000*
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*3 EC-73
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 EC-74
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 EC-93
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 EC-95
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 EC-111
ECM P0605 0605 EC-97
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 EC-99
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 EC-80
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-107
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 EC-101
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 EC-103
ETC MOT P1128 1128 EC-106
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 EC-104
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 EC-84
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 EC-86
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 EC-88
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 EC-75
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 EC-100
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 EC-92
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 EC-78
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 BL-42
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*4 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.

INDEX FOR DTC
[HR]
Items DTC*1
Reference page A
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 EC-114
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 EC-113 EC
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 EC-90
C
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 EC-121 D
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II. E
*4: When engine is running, MIL may flash.
*5: For A/T models

[HR]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
System Diagram GBS001I8
PBIB2945E

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
A
Introduction GBS001IK
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: EC
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Freeze Frame data
C
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)

1st Trip Freeze Frame data D
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
1st trip Freeze Frame E
DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data
data
CONSULT-II × × × ×
ECM × ×* — — F
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected G
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-26,
"Fail-Safe Chart" .)
Two Trip Detection Logic GBS001IL
H
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in I
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. J
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means K
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction. L
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
Emission-related Diagnostic Information GBS001IM

M
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
×:Applicable —: Not applicable
Items DTC*1 Reference

Trip MIL
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II 2 page
ECM*
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*3, *5 2 — EC-73
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*3 2 — EC-73

CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 2 — EC-74
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — Flashing*4 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 2 — EC-75
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 1 × EC-78
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 2 × EC-80

[HR]

Trip MIL
(CONSULT-II screen terms) page
CONSULT-II ECM*2
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 2 × EC-80
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 × EC-82
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 × EC-82
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 × EC-84
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 × EC-86
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 2 × EC-88
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 1 × EC-90
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 1 × EC-90
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 2 — EC-92
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 2 × EC-93
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 2 × EC-95
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × or — EC-97
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 2 × EC-99
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 2 × EC-100
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 × EC-101
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 1 × EC-103
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 × EC-104
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 × EC-104
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 × EC-106
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-107
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 2 — EC-111
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 1 × EC-113
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 2 — BL-42
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 2 × EC-114
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 1 × EC-116
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 × EC-117
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 × EC-117
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 × EC-119
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 × EC-119
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 1 × EC-121
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 × EC-123
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*5: For A/T models
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,

[HR]
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd A
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-17, "HOW
EC
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-20, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Confir-
mation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli- C
cated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. D
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode. Examples: P0117, P0340, P1217, etc.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) E
Without CONSULT-II
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0340, 1217, etc. F
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. G
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-
able) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc- H
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. I
L
PBIB0911E
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA M

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL ON) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-17, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-II

[HR]
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Touch “ENGINE”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
PBIB2454E
Without CONSULT-II
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal.
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction GBS001IU
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac- C
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
E
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are F
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
G
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-20, "WORK FLOW" . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on EC-24, "Worksheet Sample" should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. L
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.
M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
WORK FLOW
Overall Sequence
PBIB3126E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
Detailed Flow
A
1. GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the EC-23, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . EC
>> GO TO 2.
C
2. CHECK DTC*1
1. Check DTC*1 . D
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
– Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2 . (Print them out with CONSULT-II.)
E
– Erase DTC*1 . (Refer to EC-17, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION"
.)
– Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus- F
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-32, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected? G
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
H
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5.
3. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

I
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis
J
results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
K
>> GO TO 5.

L
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
M
results.
>> GO TO 6.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1 , and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again.
At this time, always connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle, and check diagnostic results in real time on “DATA
MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)”.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-25, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
● Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
● Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure.
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to EC-67, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
6. PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION

Perform EC-27, "Basic Inspection" .
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.
7. PERFORM DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE

With CONSULT-II
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F
ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using CONSULT-II “DATA MON-
ITOR (SPEC)” mode. Refer to EC-57, "Inspection Procedure" .
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.
SEF601Z
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-58, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-32, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Inspect the system.
Yes >> GO TO 11. EC
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-II. Refer to EC-44, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" , EC-52, "CONSULT-II Reference
Value in Data Monitor" . C
11. REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART

1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. D
2. Reconnect parts or connectors after repair and replacement.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-17, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAG-
NOSTIC INFORMATION" . E
>> GO TO 12.
F
12. FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again, G
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
H
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6. I
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM.
(Refer to EC-17, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .)
2. INSPECTION END
J
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET K
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- L
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
M
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart GBS001IV
A
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
● If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC EC
to EC-74, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" . C
Priority Detected items (DTC)

1 ● U1000 U1001 CAN communication line D
● U1010 CAN communication
● P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor E
● P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
● P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
● P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) F
● P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● P0605 ECM
● P1229 Sensor power supply G
● P1610 - P1615 NATS
● P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
H
● P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 ● P0132 P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1
● P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 I
● P1065 ECM
● P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
● P1122 Electric throttle control function J
● P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
● P1128 Throttle control motor
● P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) K
● P1805 Brake switch
3 ● P0011 Intake valve timing control
L
● P1121 Electric throttle control actuator

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
Fail-Safe Chart GBS001IW
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P0123 in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the nor-
P0223 mal condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121 Electric throttle control actu- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return
ator spring malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
20 degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will
not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P2123 sensor in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
● When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when
there is malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected
as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands
the driver to repair the malfunction.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
Basic Inspection GBS001IO
1. INSPECTION START A
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance. EC
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut C
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
– Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
– Air cleaner clogging
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U
– Air conditioner switch is OFF.

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
– Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge. G
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. L
M
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary.
>> GO TO 3

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
PBIA8513J
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning.
>> GO TO 5.
5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.
>> GO TO 6.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING A
Perform Idel Air Volume Learning.
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4. C
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. E
F
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check idle speed. G
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) SEF174Y H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8. I
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the Following. J
● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-95, "DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
(PHASE)" .
K
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-93, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. L
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION M
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-42, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
>> GO TO 4.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
– Timing indicator (1)
A/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIB2954E

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.

>> GO TO 13.
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Perform Idel Air Volume Learning.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) SEF174Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN A
– Timing indicator (1) EC

M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) C
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 16. D
PBIB2954E
E
16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-18, "TIMING CHAIN" .
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation. G
2. GO TO 4.
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Check the following.
(PHASE)" . I
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-93, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)" .
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 18.
2. GO TO 4.
K
18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but L
M
>> GO TO 4.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
Symptom Matrix Chart GBS001IX
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3
1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit
Throttle position sensor circuit
2 2
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
Knock sensor circuit 2 3
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4
Electrical load signal circuit 3
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM
A

EC


C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
G
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 H
octane)
Air Air duct
Air cleaner I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric throttle
5 5 5 5 5 5
control actuator) J
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator
Air leakage from intake manifold/Collector/
Gasket K
Cranking Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit
L
Starter circuit 3 1
Signal plate 6
PNP switch 4 M
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve mecha- Timing chain
nism
Camshaft
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gasket
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Three way catalyst
Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil
gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
Thermostat 5
Water pump
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery
Cooling fan
5
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated coolant
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) 1 1

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
Engine Control Component Parts Location GBS001IY
EC
PBIB2939E
1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
and spark plug valve
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. IPDM E/R 9. ECM
10. Mass air flow sensor 11. Engine coolant temperature sensor 12. Electric throttle control actuator
(with intake air temperature sensor) (with built-in throttle position sensor,
throttle control motor)
13. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
PBIB2940E
: Vehicle front
(with intake air temperature sensor)
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 5. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 6. Fuel injector
solenoid valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
EC
PBIB2941E
: Vehicle front
1. ECM harness connectors 2. ECM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Fuel pump fuse (15A) 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Knock sensor
valve
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor 8. PCV valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
PBIB2942E
PBIB2943E
: Vehicle front
1. Exhaust manifold 2. Heated oxygen sensor 1 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness
connector

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
EC
PBIB2944E
1. Cooling fan motor 2. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Stop lamp switch
4. Brake pedal 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
harness connector
7. Accelerator pedal 8. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 9. Fuel pressure regulator
harness connector
10. Fuel pump

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
Vacuum Hose Drawing GBS001IZ
PBIB2946E
: Vehicle front : To EVAP canister

1. Intake manifold 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP purge resonator
solenoid valve
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
Refer to EC-14, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
Wiring Diagram — ECM — GBS001J0
EC
TBWB1171E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
TBWB0984E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
EC
TBWB0985E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout GBS001J1
PBIA9221J
ECM Terminals and Reference Value GBS001J2
PREPARATION
1. ECM (1) is located in the engine room left side near battery.
● : Vehicle front
PBIB2959E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

● When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen (A) it
with levers (1) as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
– ECM (2)
– Fasten (B)
3. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)

between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
● Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

PBIB2947E
ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3.2V
[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
1 L
(Open) ● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIA8150J
Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

2 SB [Ignition switch: ON]
supply (11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 10V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm. C
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J
D
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
E
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
Approximately 1.8V
[Ignition switch: ON] F

4 P
(Close) ● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released G
PBIA8149J
[Engine is running] Approximately 10V H

● Below 3,600 rpm after the following con-
ditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up I
– Keeping the engine speed between
Heated oxygen sensor 2 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
5 G
heater idle for 1 minute under no load J
PBIA8148J

(11 - 14V)
K
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE L
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
M
● Idle speed
EVAP canister purge vol-

9 P PBIB0050E
ume control solenoid valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
NOTE:
Voltage and Duty percent may vary.
PBIB0520E
10 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
11 B ● Idle speed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
PBIA8164J
13 L Tachometer signal
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIA8165J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
15 Y Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
0 - 0.3V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
17 R Ignition signal No. 1 rpm at idle.
PBIA9265J
18 LG Ignition signal No. 2
21 G Ignition signal No. 4
0.2 - 0.5V
22 SB Ignition signal No. 3
[Engine is running]
PBIA9266J

● For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.0V
ON
23 GR Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V) EC
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
rpm at idle.
25 V Fuel injector No. 4
29 Y Fuel injector No. 3 PBIB0529E D
30 O Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
31 L Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm F
PBIA4943J
[Engine is running]
G
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF H
32 P
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning (11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF I
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V J
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
K
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed L
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) M
34 O Throttle position sensor 2
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
36 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
37 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant temperature
38 P [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
sensor
coolant temperature.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
40 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
41 GR Refrigerant pressure sensor ● Both A/C switch and blower switch are 1.0 - 4.0V
ON
(Compressor operates.)
Sensor ground [Engine is running]

44 B (Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor) ● Idle speed
Approximately 0.4V
● Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.0 - 1.3V
45 G Mass air flow sensor ● Idle speed
[Engine is running] 1.0 - 1.3 to Approximately 2.4V
● Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
● Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being
rpm increased to about 4,000 rpm.)
Intake air temperature
46 V [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor
air temperature.

48 BR (Refrigerant pressure sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
50 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
52 LG ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Mass air flow sensor)
● Idle speed

55 O (Intake air temperature sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
56 P ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 O ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
● Idle speed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 4.0V
[Engine is running] EC
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
rpm at idle.
PBIB2998E
Crankshaft position sensor
61 W D
(POS)
Approximately 4.0V
[Engine is running] E
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
PBIB2999E

62 R [Crankshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V G
(POS)] ● Idle speed

63 BR [Camshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V H
(PHASE)] ● Idle speed
1.0 - 2.0V
[Engine is running] I
● Idle speed
NOTE: J
rpm at idle.
PBIB2986E
Camshaft position sensor
65 G K
(PHASE)
1.0 - 2.0V
[Engine is running] L
M
PBIB2987E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T models)
Park/Neutral position (PNP) (11 - 14V)
69 L ● Shift lever: Neutral (M/T models)
switch
Approximately 0V
● Except above position
Sensor power supply
72 V [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
7 - 10V
Intake valve timing control
73 P
solenoid valve [Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIA4937J
Sensor power supply

74 W (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
Sensor power supply
75 BR [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
78 O [Camshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(PHASE)]
83 P CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.7 - 2.3V
84 L CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V
88 LG DATA link connector Approximately 10.5V
● CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
Approximately 0V
● Clutch pedal: Fully released
92 G Clutch switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V

93 O Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
99 R Stop lamp switch
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
Sensor power supply

102 SB (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 2)
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]

104 Y (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor 2) ● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
106 P (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V EC
sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
108 B ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed C
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released D
110 G
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed E

111 R (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor 1) F
● Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor GBS001J4
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED
tion. the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-57, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-57, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-57, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
1.0V
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) – Engine: After warming up
1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) – Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. the speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

ACCEL SEN 2*
● Ignition switch: ON
THRTL SEN 1 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2*
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
START SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS ● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not turned. OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Turned. ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
A
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or ON
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd
Rear window defogger switch and EC
OFF
lighting switch: OFF
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
Heater fan: Operating. ON C
HEATER FAN SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Heater fan: Not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON D
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF E
INJ PULSE-B1 ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
(M/T)
● No load F
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1° - 11° BTDC
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
IGN TIMING ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral G
2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
(M/T)
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
H
PURG VOL C/V ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm 0 - 50% I
(M/T)
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
J
INT/V TIM (B1) ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm Approx. 0° - 40°CA
(M/T)
K
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF L
INT/V SOL (B1) ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm Approx. 0% - 90%
(M/T)
● No load M
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates)
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
OFF
(201°F) or less
the engine Engine coolant temperature is between
COOLING FAN LOW
95°C (203°F) and 99°C (210°F)
HIGH
(212°F) or more

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
● Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) – Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
VEHICLE SPEED
indication. the speedometer indication
● Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
O2SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30%
● Engine speed: below 3,600 rpm
● Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
● Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates)
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode GBS001J5
A
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera- EC
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T).
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
C
F
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1” G
when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
H
PBIB2445E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR]
PBIB0668E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
A
Description GBS001J6
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition GBS001J7
● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) F

2
● Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
● Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
G
● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
● Engine speed: Idle
● Transmission: Warmed-up H
– A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
– M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes. I
● Electrical load: Not applied
– Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead. J
Inspection Procedure GBS001J8
NOTE:
K
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-27, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. L
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-
B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. M
5. If NG, go to EC-58, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z

[HR]
Diagnostic Procedure GBS001J9
OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2384E

[HR]
EC
PBIB3213E

[HR]
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-57, "Testing Condition" .
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode,
and make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because
they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is out of the SP value
even a little.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
PBIB2369E
2. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
PBIB2332E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
PBIB2332E

1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.

[HR]
5. CHANGE ENGINE OIL A
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE: EC
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con- C
dition.
>> INSPECTION END D
6. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

Check fuel pressure. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator. GO TO 8. F
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G
1. Check the following.

– Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube H
– Clogged fuel filter
– Fuel pump and its circuit
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. I
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
>> GO TO 8. J

1. Start engine. K
L
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.
M
9. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
PBIB0133E

[HR]
– Ignition coil and its circuit
– Fuel injector and its circuit
– Intake air leakage
– Low compression pressure
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)
>> GO TO 11.

1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”, in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (The engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
1 time : RICH → LEAN → RICH
2 times : RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
SEF820Y
13. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT

Check heated oxygen sensor 1 and its circuit.
>> GO TO 14.

1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 15.

[HR]
15. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR A
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
EC
>> GO TO 16.
16. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” C
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is D
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END E
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-32, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
17. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” F

OK or NG G
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. H
I
PBIB2332E
18. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
– Engine oil level is too high K
– Engine oil viscosity
– Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
– Noise from engine L
– Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
– Valve clearance malfunction M
– Intake valve timing control function malfunction
– Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
● Crushed air ducts
● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
● Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.

[HR]
20. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
21. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22.

1. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it.
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
23. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”

Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and
then GO TO 29.
PBIB2370E
24. REPLACE ECM

1. Replace ECM.
4. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.
5. Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
>> GO TO 29.

[HR]
25. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM A
● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
D
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the E
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END F
27. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and
then GO TO 30. I
J
PBIB2370E
28. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM K
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
● Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct L
● Looseness of oil filler cap
● Disconnection of oil level gauge
● Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve M
● Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
● Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
● Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system
parts
● Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.

OK or NG

[HR]
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and then make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[HR]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
A
Description GBS001JA
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area. C
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations

STEP in Work Flow Situation D
2 The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
E
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure GBS001JB F

1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-17, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA- G
TION" .
>> GO TO 2. H
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS

I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-71, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K
Perform GI-27, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”. L
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or replace. M

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110
Diagnostic Procedure GBS001JD
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9561J

● Harness connectors M77, E105
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
– Body ground (1)
– IPDM E/R (2)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
PBIB2963E

[HR]
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 108 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. D

Check the following. E
● Harness connectors F1, E8
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II G
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 47 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
I
OK or NG
OK >> Check “Ignition control system” circuit. J
NG >> GO TO 8.
K
PBIA9585J
8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. M
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
11. PBIB3037E

[HR]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIA9562J
10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 105 and IPDM E/R terminal 48.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.

● Harness or connectors E8, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
13. CHECK 20A FUSE

1. Disconnect 20A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

[HR]
14. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
– Body ground (1) EC
– IPDM E/R (2)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. C
D
PBIB2963E
15. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II E

F
3. Also check harness for short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16. H

I
● Harness or connectors F1, E8
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground J

K
17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-67, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
L
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
Ground Inspection GBS001JE
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
● Remove the ground bolt or screw.
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
● Clean as required to assure good contact.
● Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.

[HR]
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
PBIB1870E

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[HR]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
A
Description GBS001JF
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. C
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001JG
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses. D
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
E
U1000 ● ECM cannot communicate to other control
1000 units. ● Harness or connectors
CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
U1001 line ● ECM cannot communicate for more than the shorted.) F
1001 specified time.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001JH
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. G

2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
H

DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR]
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION PFP:23710
Description GBS001JK
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001JL
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010
CAN communication bus Initializing CAN communication bus is malfunctioning. ● ECM
1010
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001JM
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[HR]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796
A
Description GBS001JO
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve C
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
D
MBIB1560E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake J
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid K
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001JP L
Specification data are reference values.
M
INT/V TIM (B1) ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm Approx. 0° - 40°CA
(M/T)
● No load
2,500 rpm Approx. 0% - 90%
(M/T)
● No load

[HR]
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001JQ

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0011 Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and ● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
0011 control performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
● Timing chain installation
● Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for
intake valve timing control
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001JR
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC-
100, "DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec-
onds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLANT TEMPS 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
SEF174Y
A/T: P or N position
Shift lever
M/T: Neutral position
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
COOLANT TEMPS 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)

[HR]
A
Overall Function Check GBS001JS
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the intake valve timing control system. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. EC
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 73 (IVT control solenoid valve signal) and ground.
D
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below. E
Conditions Voltage
At idle
BATTERY VOLTAGE F
(11 - 14V)
7V - 10V
G
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3036E
H
PBIA4937J
I
7. If NG, check possible cause items.
J

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
Component Description GBS001JW
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001JX

On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001JY
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

Trouble diagnosis
name
● Harness or connectors
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input sent to ECM. ● Intake air leaks
● Mass air flow sensor
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

[HR]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001JZ
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. D
F
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. G
H
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
With CONSULT-II I
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. J
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. K
L
SEF058Y
M
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[HR]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description GBS001KB
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001KC
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0117 sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
cuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant tem-
P0118 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
0118 sent to ECM.
cuit high input
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ature sensor circuit
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or START 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.

[HR]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001KD
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
D
F
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
H

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
Component Description GBS001KI
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001KJ

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1 (Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001KK

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-113, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor ● Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sen- ● Electric throttle control actuator
0123 2 circuit high input sor 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

[HR]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001KL
A
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
D
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II G
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. H

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description GBS001KQ
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001KR

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm. LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001KS
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
PBIB1848E
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0132 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001KT
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. D
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items
SEF174Y
H
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. I

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR]
Component Description GBS001KY

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001KZ

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm. Changes more than 5 times dur-
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001L0
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long.
SEF237U
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0134 circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3V.

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR]
Overall Function Check GBS001L1
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-II EC
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)”. C
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load.
4. Make sure that the indications do not remain in the range
between 0.2V to 0.4V. D
SEF646Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II F
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
G
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
H
J
PBIA9566J

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR]
DTC P0138 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description GBS001LE
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001LF

HO2S2 (B1) ● Below 3,600 rpm after the fol- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
lowing conditions are met.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
– Keeping the engine speed rpm quickly.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001LG
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB1848E

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001LH
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
WITH CONSULT-II C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. D
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. E
G
SEF174Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. H
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
I
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. J

[HR]
Component Description GBS001LU

PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001LV

On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001LW

NOTE:
P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 ● Harness or connectors
0222 1 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0223 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor ● Electric throttle control actuator
0223 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[HR]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001LX
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[HR]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
Component Description GBS001M2
The knock sensor (1) is attached to the cylinder block. It senses

engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration
from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pres-
sure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
● : Vehicle front
PBIB2969E
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001M3
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0327 input sent to ECM.
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
● Knock sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001M4
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731
A
Component Description GBS001M9
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at EC
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth C
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change. D
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
PBIA9209J
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
E
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
PBIB2997E
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001MA

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001MB
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not circuit is open or shorted.]
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of (Accelerator pedal position sensor
M
engine cranking. circuit is shorted.]
P0335 Crankshaft position ● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
0335 sensor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is is shorted.]
running. ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
the normal pattern during engine running.
● Refrigerant position sensor
● Signal plate

[HR]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001MC
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731
A
Component Description GBS001MH
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of

camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position EC
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification C
signals.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause D
the gap with the sensor to change.
PBIA9875J
change.
E
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
PBIB2997E
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001MI
NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to J
EC-113, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
K
● The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
for the first few seconds during engine ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
L
cranking. ● Camshaft (Intake)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor
● The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-5, "START-
0340 (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. ING SYSTEM" .)
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal M
● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-5,
pattern during engine running. "STARTING SYSTEM" .)
● Dead (Weak) battery

[HR]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001MJ
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
onds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 sec-
onds.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
5. Start engine and maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.

DTC P0605 ECM
[HR]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
A
Component Description GBS001N1
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC
PBIA9222J
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001N2
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ● ECM
0605 G
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
FAIL-SAFE MODE H
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
I
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001N3 J

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no problem on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. K
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II

DTC P0605 ECM
[HR]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
ON.
4. Repeat step 3 for 32 times.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
3. Repeat step 1 to 2 for 32 times.

DTC P1065 ECM
[HR]
A
ECM has the memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio
feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning EC
value memory, etc. even when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
PBIA9222J
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001N6
F
P1065* ECM back-up RAM system does not function
Engine control module ● ECM
1065 properly.
*: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001N7
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. I
J
ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 4 times.
K
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II M
3. Repeat steps 1 to 2 for 4 times.

DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR]
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001NA

2,500 rpm Approx. 0% - 90%
(M/T)
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001NB
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM ● Harness or connectors

P1111 Intake valve timing control (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
through intake valve timing control solenoid
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. ● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001NC
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[HR]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description GBS001NH
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition. C
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001NI
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. D
Electric throttle control actuator does not function E
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
P1121 Electric throttle control
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is ● Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator B)
not in specified range.
F
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
FAIL-SAFE MODE G
H
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
I
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C The engine can restart in N or P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T) and engine speed will not exceed
1,000 rpm or more.
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001NJ
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform K
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second. M
3. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and
wait at least 3 seconds.
4. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
9. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn SEF058Y
ON.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.

[HR]
2. Set selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119
A
Description GBS001NM
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or P1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 EC
or P1126. Refer to EC-101, "DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR" or EC-104,
"DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY" .
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. C
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition. D
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001NN
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. E

P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or F
1122 performance ate properly. shorted)
● Electric throttle control actuator
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001NO
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine K
is running.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. L
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. M
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119
Component Description GBS001NT
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001NU

On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001NV

P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
● Throttle control motor relay
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001NW
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II

[HR]
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. A

Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second. C
F
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. H
I

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[HR]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PFP:16119
Component Description GBS001NZ
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001O0
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. ● Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001O1
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000
A
System Description GBS001O6
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE: EC
● If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
● If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-74, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" . C
Cooling Fan Control

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
Battery Battery voltage*1 E
Wheel sensor*2 Vehicle speed Cooling fan IPDM E/R

control (Cooling fan relays)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature F
2 Air conditioner ON signal
Air conditioner switch*
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
G
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant H
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation
I
PBIB2985E

[HR]
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
1 2 3
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
Cooling fan motor terminals
Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
Low (LOW) 1 4
High (HI) 1 and 2 3 and 4
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001O7

the engine ON
OFF
(201°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 95°C (203°F) and 99°C LOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (210°F) or more
HIGH
(212°F) or more
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001O8
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
● Cooling fan
heat).
● Cooling fan relays
● Cooling fan system does not operate properly
P1217 Engine over temperature (Overheat). ● Radiator hose
1217 (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the system ● Radiator
using the proper filling method. ● Radiator cap
● Engine coolant is not within the specified ● Water pump
range.
● Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-110,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-16, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-21, "Changing Engine Oil" .

[HR]
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" . A
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check GBS001O9
EC
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING: C
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. D
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. E
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and check possible
cause items. F
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and check possible
cause items. G
SEF621W
H
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-

SULT-II. I
5. If the results are NG, check possible cause items.
SEF646X
WITHOUT CONSULT-II L
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below M
cause items.
cause items.
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors
operation, refer to PG-12, "Auto Active Test" .
4. If NG, check possible cause items. SEF621W

[HR]
Main 12 Causes of Overheating GBS001OC
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard

OFF 1 ● Blocked radiator ● Visual No blocking
● Blocked condenser
● Blocked radiator grille
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reser-
voir tank and radiator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9
- 14 psi) (Limit)
ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and lower Both hoses should be hot
radiator hoses
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● CONSULT-II Operating
OFF 8 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical tester Negative

4 Gas analyzer
ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature gauge ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driving
● Coolant overflow to reservoir tank ● Visual No overflow during driving and
idling
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from reservoir tank ● Visual Should be initial level in reservoir
to radiator tank
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distor-
tion (warping)
12 ● Cylinder block and pistons ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or pis-
ton
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[HR]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description GBS001OE

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001OF
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

F
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is exces- ● Electric throttle control actuator
1225 learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2) G
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001OG
NOTE: H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
4. Turn ignition switch ON. K
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[HR]
Component Description GBS001OJ

PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001OK

P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not per- ● Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001OL
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
ON.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:16119
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001OO

EC
Trouble diagnosis
name
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) C
(Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for
1229 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high. shorted.] D
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
● Throttle position sensor
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) E
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. F
G
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001OP
H
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: I
WITH CONSULT-II
K
M
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
Component Description GBS001OS
When the shift lever position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001OT

On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001OU
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) ● Harness or connectors

P1706 (PNP switch circuit is open or shorted.)
Park/neutral position switch switch is not changed in the process of
1706
engine starting and driving. ● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001OV
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N or P position (A/T)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF
If NG, check possible cause items.

If OK, go to following step. SEF212Y
onds.
ENG SPEED A/T: 1,650 - 6,000 rpm
M/T: 1,500 - 6,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL A/T: More than 3.5 msec
M/T: More than 2.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 46km/h (29 MPH)
Shift lever Suitable position
SEF213Y

Overall Function Check GBS001OW
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

[HR]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 69 (PNP switch signal)
and body ground under the following conditions.
EC
Condition (Gear position) Voltage (Known-good data)
P or N position (A/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE
Neutral position (M/T) (11 - 14V)
C
Except above position Approx. 0
D
PBIA9570J

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[HR]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
Description GBS001OZ
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001P0

BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001P1

A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ● Harness or connectors

P1805 (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
Brake switch extremely long time while the vehicle is driv-
1805
ing. ● Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE MODE GBS001P2
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode.

Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
When accelerating Poor acceleration
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001P3
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
PBIB1952E
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
3. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
Refer to EC-17, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description GBS001P7
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001P8
F
G
ACCEL SEN 1
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V H

ACCEL SEN 2*
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001P9 J

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. K
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP ● Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP M
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
(APP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[HR]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001PA
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

[HR]
A
Component Description GBS001PF

signals.
PBIB1741E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001PG
F
G
ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2*

CLSD THL POS
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001PH J

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
shorted.) L
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P2128 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP shorted.) M
2128 sensor 2 circuit high input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[HR]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001PI
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR]
A
Component Description GBS001PN

PBIB0145E
tion.
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001PO

F
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* G
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001PP

NOTE: I
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
● Harness or connector
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
P2135 shorted.)
circuit range/performance compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 K
2135
problem and TP sensor 2. ● Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
M
degrees.

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001PQ
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description GBS001PV

signals.
PBIB1741E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS001PW
F
G
ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2*

CLSD THL POS
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS001PX J

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to K
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
M
is shorted.]
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
P2138 (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
tion sensor circuit compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
2138 shorted.)
range/performance and APP sensor 2.
(APP sensor 1 and 2)

[HR]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS001PY
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[HR]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
A
Fuel Pressure GBS001R6
Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
EC
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing GBS001R7
A/T No load* (in P or N position) 700 ± 50 rpm

Target idle speed C
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T In P or N position
Air conditioner: ON 850 rpm or more
M/T In Neutral position D
Ignition timing 6 ± 5° BTDC
M/T In Neutral position
*: Under the following conditions:
E
● Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
F
● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Mass Air Flow Sensor GBS001R8
G
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)
Output voltage at idle 1.0 - 1.3*V
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no-load. H
Intake Air Temperature Sensor GBS001R9
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ I

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359
J
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor GBS001RA
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
K
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 L
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater GBS001RB
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 3.4 - 4.4Ω M

Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater GBS001RC
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 3.4 - 4.4Ω
Throttle Control Motor GBS001RF
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω
Fuel Injector GBS001RG
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 10.4 - 15.3Ω
Fuel Pump GBS001RH
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω

INDEX FOR DTC
[MR TYPE 1]
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR TYPE 1] PFP:00024
DTC No. Index GBS0063S
NOTE:
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page
2 ECM*3
GST*

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-211
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-211
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-215
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-215
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) EC-217
P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) EC-219
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) EC-222
P0135 0135 HO2S1 HTR (B1) EC-225
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-227
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-229
P0141 0141 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-232
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-234
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-236
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-238
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-238
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-240
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-240

INDEX FOR DTC
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC*1
Items A
3 (CONSULT-II screen terms)
ECM*
GST*2
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-245 EC
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-247
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-250
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC EC-252 C
P0605 0605 ECM EC-254
D
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-257
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR EC-260 E
P1128 1128 ETC MOT EC-262
F
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) EC-263
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) EC-266
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) EC-269 G
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) EC-272
H
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-281 I
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-282
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED EC-284 J
K
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-288 L
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-292
M
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.

INDEX FOR DTC
[MR TYPE 1]
Alphabetical Index GBS0063T
NOTE:
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 4 EC-204

1001*
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 EC-240
ECM P0605 0605 EC-254
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 EC-257
ETC MOT P1128 1128 EC-262
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 EC-234
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 EC-236
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 EC-217
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 EC-219
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 EC-222
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 EC-263
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 EC-266
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0135 0135 EC-225
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 EC-227
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 EC-229
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 EC-269

INDEX FOR DTC
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC*1
Items A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) 3
ECM*
GST*2
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 EC-272 EC
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0141 0141 EC-232
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 EC-211
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 EC-211 C
IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 EC-284
D
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 EC-242 E
F
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 EC-240
NO DTC IS DETECTED. G
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED. H
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
I
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 EC-250
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 EC-281
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 EC-238 J
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 EC-238
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 EC-215
K
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 EC-215
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 EC-290
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 EC-247 L
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 EC-252
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5. M

[MR TYPE 1]
System Diagram GBS00640
PBIB2945E

[MR TYPE 1]
A
Introduction GBS0064C
Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of ISO 15031-5
C
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of ISO 15031-5

1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-5 D
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Service $09 of ISO 15031-5 E
F
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × × × —
G
GST × × × — × ×
ECM × ×* — — — —
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other. H
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
"Fail-Safe Chart" .) I
Two Trip Detection Logic GBS0064D
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the J
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd K
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable L
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC
1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip M
Lighting Lighting display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
up up ing
Misfire (Possible three way cata-

lyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - × — — — — — × —
P0304 is being detected
Misfire (Possible three way cata-
lyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - — — × — — × — —
P0304 is being detected
One trip detection diagnoses
(Refer to EC-132, "EMISSION-
— × — — × — — —
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION ITEMS" .)
Except above — — — × — × × —

[MR TYPE 1]
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
driver to repair the malfunction.
Emission-related Diagnostic Information GBS0064E

DTC*1 Test value/
Items Reference
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit Trip MIL
(CONSULT-II screen terms) 3 page
ECM* (GST only)
GST*2
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4 — — 1 × EC-204
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 — — 2 — EC-204

CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 — — 1 × EC-205
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — — Flashing*5 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — — 2 — EC-206
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 — — 1 × EC-209
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 — — 1 × EC-209
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 — — 2 × EC-211
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 — — 2 × EC-211
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — — 1 × EC-213
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — — 1 × EC-213
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 — — 1 × EC-215
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 — — 1 × EC-215
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 — × 2 × EC-217
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 × × 2 × EC-219
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 — × 2 × EC-222
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0135 0135 × × 2 × EC-225
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 — × 2 × EC-227
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × × 2 × EC-229
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0141 0141 × × 2 × EC-232
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — — 2 × EC-234
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — — 2 × EC-236
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 — — 1 × EC-238
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 — — 1 × EC-238
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — — 2 × EC-240
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — — 2 × EC-240
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — — 2 × EC-240
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — — 2 × EC-240
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — — 2 × EC-240
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — — 2 — EC-242
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — — 2 — EC-242
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — — 2 × EC-243
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — — 2 × EC-245

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC*1 Test value/
Items Reference A
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit Trip MIL
(CONSULT-II screen terms) 3 page
ECM* (GST only)
GST*2
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × × 2 × EC-247 EC
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — — 2 × EC-250
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 — — 2 × EC-252
ECM P0605 0605 — — 1 or 2 × or — EC-254 C
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 — — 2 × EC-256
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 — — 1 × EC-257
D
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 — — 1 × EC-259
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 — — 1 × EC-260
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 — — 1 × EC-260 E
ETC MOT P1128 1128 — — 1 × EC-262
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 × × 2 × EC-263
F
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 × × 2 × EC-266
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 × × 2 × EC-269
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 × × 2 × EC-272 G
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — — 1 × EC-275
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 — — 2 — EC-279
H
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 — — 2 — EC-280
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 — — 1 × EC-281
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 — — 2 — BL-42 I
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 — — 2 × EC-282
IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 — — 2 — EC-284
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — — 2 — EC-285 J
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — — 1 × EC-286
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — — 1 × EC-286
K
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — — 1 × EC-288
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — — 1 × EC-288
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 — — 1 × EC-290 L
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — — 1 × EC-292
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
M

light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-141, "HOW
[MR TYPE 1]
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-132, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/
component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the
MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent
the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-149, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Con-
firmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1217, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
No Tools
Example: 0340, 1217, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if
available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
PBIB0911E
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST.
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.

[MR TYPE 1]
Priority Items
A
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items
EC
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated C
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st D
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- E
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE F
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com- G
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. H
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's I
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem- J
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the K
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and L
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT Item M
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item Performance Corresponding
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT-II indication) Priority* DTC No.
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143
HO2S HTR 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0135
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0141
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.

[MR TYPE 1]
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
● The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
● When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagno-
sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
● If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.

[MR TYPE 1]
EC
SEF573XB
*1 EC-134, "How to Read DTC and 1st *2 EC-137, "How to Display SRT Code" *3 EC-138, "How to Set SRT Code"
Trip DTC"
How to Display SRT Code

WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown in the fig-
ure.
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
PBIB0666E

[MR TYPE 1]
WITH GST
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on EC-135, "SRT Item" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.

[MR TYPE 1]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
MBIB0241E

[MR TYPE 1]
● The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driv-
ing habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
● Sea level
● Flat road
● Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diag-
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
● The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
Pattern 2:
● When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con-
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position

Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.

[MR TYPE 1]
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of ISO 15031-5. A
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. EC
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.
Test value C
SRT item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit
TID CID
P0420 01H 01H Max. D
CATALYST Three way catalyst function
P0420 02H 81H Min.
P0133 09H 04H Max.
E
P1143 0AH 84H Min.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144 0BH 04H Max.
P0132 0CH 04H Max. F
HO2S P0134 0DH 04H Max.
P0139 19H 86H Min.
P1147 1AH 86H Min. G
P1146 1BH 06H Max.
P0138 1CH 06H Max.
H
29H 08H Max.
2AH 88H Min.
HO2S HTR
2DH 0AH Max. I
2EH 8AH Min.
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION J

How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-II
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF- K
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. L
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.) M

[MR TYPE 1]
PBIB2496E
WITH GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Service $04 with GST.
2. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
hours.
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
– Test values
OBD System Operation Chart GBS0064G
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-131, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
● The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction
occurs while counting, the counter will reset.
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.

[MR TYPE 1]
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
A
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) EC
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B) C
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-145, "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PAT- D
TERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”" .
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-147, "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”" . E
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

[MR TYPE 1]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE
” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
MIL will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
freeze frame data will be cleared. without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.

[MR TYPE 1]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. EC
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) C
<Driving Pattern C>

Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: D
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: E
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F). F
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) G
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F) H
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
● The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. I
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
J

[MR TYPE 1]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF393SD
*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
MIL will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be without the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.

[MR TYPE 1]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern A>
EC
G
AEC574
● The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. H
● The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
I
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
J
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
K

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction GBS0064N
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
MEF036D

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-149, "WORK FLOW" .
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
SEF234G

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
WORK FLOW
Overall Sequence A
EC
PBIB3126E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Detailed Flow
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the EC-152, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DTC*1
1. Check DTC*1 .
– Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2 . (Print them out with CONSULT-II or GST.)
– Erase DTC*1 . (Refer to EC-141, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .)
– Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus-
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?

results.
>> GO TO 5.

results.
>> GO TO 6.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
1 1
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC* , and then make sure that DTC* is detected
again.
At this time, always connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle, and check diagnostic results in real time on “DATA EC
diagnosis order. C
NOTE:
● Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This D
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this
check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirma- E
tion Procedure.
Is DTC*1 detected?
F
Yes >> GO TO 10.
6. PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION G

H
7. PERFORM DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE I
With CONSULT-II
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F J
Are they within the SP value? K
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.
L
SEF601Z M

Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.

Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-161, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symp-
tom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Inspect the system.
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SULT-II. Refer to EC-173, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" , EC-183, "CONSULT-II Refer-
ence Value in Data Monitor" .

1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-141, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 12.
12. FINAL CHECK

When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
OK or NG
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
2. If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to EC-
139, "Driving Pattern" .
3. INSPECTION END
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
tomer complaint.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
● Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
MTBL0017

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart GBS0064O
chart.
NOTE:
1 ● U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
● P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
● P0605 ECM
● P1229 Sensor power supply
● P1610 - P1615 NATS
2 ● P0132 P0133 P0134 P1143 P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
● P0135 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
● P0138 P0139 P1146 P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2
● P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
● P1122 Electric throttle control function
● P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
● P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
● P1805 Brake switch
● P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
● P0300 - P0304 Misfire
● P0420 Three way catalyst function
● P1715 Turbine Revolution Sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Fail-Safe Chart GBS0064P
A
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. EC
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 ture sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
C
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-
Condition
II display)
D
Just as ignition switch is turned
40°C (104°F)
ON or START
More than approx. 4 minutes after
ignition ON or START
80°C (176°F) E
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)

F
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cool-
ing fan operates while engine is running.
P0123 in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. G
H
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. I
20 degrees or less. J
the engine stalls.
K
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. L
M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Basic Inspection GBS0064H
1. INSPECTION START
scheduled maintenance.
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
indicator points the middle of gauge.
SEF976U

load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF977U
>> GO TO 3

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
EC
E
PBIA8513J

A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) F

G
SEF058Y
I
Without CONSULT-II
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about J
1 minute.
K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
M
1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 5.

>> GO TO 6.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Perform Id Air Volume Learning.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
Without CONSULT-II
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.

Check the Following.
(PHASE)" .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-243, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)"
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
2. GO TO 4.

>> GO TO 4.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING A

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11. D
PBIB3263E
E
1. Stop engine.
F
>> GO TO 12. G

Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. H
>> GO TO 13.
I
Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. J
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14. K
2. GO TO 4.
L
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. M
Without CONSULT-II
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 16.
PBIB3263E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.

(PHASE)" .
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
2. GO TO 4.

>> GO TO 4.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Symptom Matrix Chart GBS0064Q
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A

SYMPTOM

EC



C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
D
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
E
F
G
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 H
3 3
I
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 J
1 K
1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Throttle position sensor circuit L
2 2
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 M
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel tank
5
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Low octane)
Air Air duct
Air cleaner
(Mass air flow sensor — electric
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Air leakage from intake manifold/
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit
Starter circuit 3 1
Signal plate 6
PNP switch 4
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain
mechanism
Camshaft
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
SYMPTOM
A


EC


C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gas- F
ket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Three way catalyst
G
Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil fil-
ter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
H
Thermostat 5
Water pump I
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Cooling fan
5 J
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated
coolant
K

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Engine Control Component Parts Location GBS0064R
PBIB3261E
solenoid valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
EC
PBIB3267E
: Vehicle front
4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Condenser
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
PBIB3265E
: Vehicle front
1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Knock sensor 3. IPDM E/R
valve
4. Fuel pump fuse (15A) 5. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 6. Fuel pressure regulator
harness connector
7. Fuel pump 8. Ignition coil 9. Fuel injector

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
EC
PBIB2942E
I
PBIB2943E
: Vehicle front
1. Exhaust manifold 2. Heated oxygen sensor 1 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 J
connector
K

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
PBIB3266E
: Vehicle front
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
4. ECM harness connectors 5. ECM 6. Stop lamp switch
harness connector
10. Accelerator pedal

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Vacuum Hose Drawing GBS0064S
EC
PBIA9890J
A : To EVAP canister
1. EVAP canister purge volume control 2. Intake manifold 3. EVAP purge resonator
solenoid valve
NOTE:
Refer to EC-130, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram — ECM — GBS0064T
TBWT1360E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
EC
TBWT1361E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
TBWT1362E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout GBS0064U
EC
PBIA9221J D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value GBS0064V
PREPARATION E
● : Vehicle front
F
H
PBIB2959E

I
– ECM (2)
J
– Fasten (B)

K

PBIB2947E
L
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. M
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3.2V

1 L
PBIA8150J

supply (11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm.
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J

Approximately 1.8V

4 P
PBIA8149J
[Engine is running] Approximately 10V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
5 G
heater idle for 1 minute under no load. PBIA8148J

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed

9 P PBIB0050E
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
NOTE:
PBIB0520E
11 B ● Idle speed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
3 - 5V
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
rpm at idle.
PBIA8164J
13 L Tachometer signal D
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
E
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm.
F
PBIA8165J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
G
0 - 0.3V
[Engine is running]
H
● Idle speed
NOTE: I
PBIA9265J
21 G Ignition signal No. 4 J
0.2 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
K
L
PBIA9266J

● For 1 second after turning ignition switch M
0 - 1.0V
ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
PBIB0529E
29 Y Fuel injector No. 3
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
PBIA4943J
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
ECM relay switch OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
ignition switch OFF
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
40 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V EC
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition C
ON
(Compressor operates.) D
sensor) ● Idle speed E
Approximately 0.4V
● Engine stopped
F
[Engine is running]
G
● Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being H
46 V [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake I
sensor
air temperature.

48 BR (Refrigerant pressure sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V J
sor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
K
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm L
met.
– Engine: After warming up M
idle for 1 minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
● Idle speed

sor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
● Idle speed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 4.0V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
PBIB2998E
61 W
(POS)
Approximately 4.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB2999E

62 R [Crankshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V

63 BR [Camshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
1.0 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
PBIB2986E
65 G
(PHASE)
1.0 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB2987E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch
Approximately 0V
Sensor power supply

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition EC
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
7 - 10V
C
73 P [Engine is running]
solenoid valve
● When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm D
quickly
PBIA4937J
E
Sensor power supply
sensor)
Sensor power supply
F
(POS)]
Sensor power supply G
(PHASE)]
83 P CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.7 - 2.3V H
88 LG DATA link connector Approximately 10.5V I
● CONSULT-II or GST: Disconnected.
[Ignition switch: ON] J
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
99 R Stop lamp switch K
Sensor power supply L

sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] M
103 GR

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Sensor power supply
106 P (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
110 G


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function GBS0064X
DESCRIPTION A
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4
has 8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol. EC
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
C
D
SEF139P
FUNCTION E
Diagnostic service Function
This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. F
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-134, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND
1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
G
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
Service $03 DTCs
were stored by ECM.
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This H
includes:
● Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
● Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO I
● Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
● Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
● Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01) J
● Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS)
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored. K
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
L
Service $08 — This diagnostic service is not applicable on this vehicle.
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
M
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
2. Connect GST to data link connector (1), which is located under
LH dash panel.
PBIB3260E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
5. Perform each diagnostic service according to each service pro-

cedure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of
the tool maker.
SEF416S

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor GBS0064Y
Remarks: A
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in EC
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as C
ENG SPEED
D
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F) E
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
1.0V
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions F
are met.
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and G
LEAN ←→ RICH
during 10 seconds.
H
are met.
I
J
VHCL SPEED SE
K
ACCEL SEN 1
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V L

ACCEL SEN 2*
THRTL SEN 1 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V M
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2*
the engine ON
● Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned. OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Being turned. ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
and/or ON
Rear window defogger switch and
OFF
Heater fan: Operating. ON
2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
(M/T)
● No load
IGN TIMING ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
(M/T)
● No load
CAL/LD VALUE ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
(M/T)
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
(M/T)
● No load
2,000 rpm 0 - 50%
(M/T)
● No load
INT/V TIM (B1) ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Approx. 0° - 40°CA
(M/T) quickly
● No load
INT/V SOL (B1) ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Approx. 0% - 90%
(M/T) quickly
● No load
the engine ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
A
ON
EC
OFF
(206°F) or less C
COOLING FAN LOW
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
HIGH D
(212°F) or more
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm E
– Engine: After warming up F
ON
G
VEHICLE SPEED
H
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL ● Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
O2SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30% I
● Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm
● Engine: Idle
● Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) J
K

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode GBS0064Z
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
PBIB0198E
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1”
PBIB2445E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 1]
EC
PBIB0668E

[MR TYPE 1]
Description GBS00650
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI-
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-
rection)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition GBS00651
● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)

● Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2 , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
● Transmission: Warmed-up
– M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
ahead.
Inspection Procedure GBS00652
NOTE:
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
SEF601Z

[MR TYPE 1]
Diagnostic Procedure GBS00653
OVERALL SEQUENCE A
EC
PBIB2384E

[MR TYPE 1]
PBIB3213E

[MR TYPE 1]
DETAILED PROCEDURE
A
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-188, "Testing Condition" . EC
NOTE: C
even a little. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2. E
PBIB2369E

make sure that the indication is within the SP value. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19. H
PBIB2332E
J
make sure that the indication is within the SP value. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6. L
PBIB2332E

1. Stop the engine.
3. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.

[MR TYPE 1]
5. CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
NOTE:
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
>> INSPECTION END

Check fuel pressure.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator. GO TO 8.

– Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
– Fuel pump and its circuit.
>> GO TO 8.

1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.

speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
PBIB0133E

[MR TYPE 1]
– Ignition coil and its circuit.
– Fuel injector and its circuit. EC
– Low compression pressure.
C
D
>> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” E

1. Start engine.
within the SP value. F
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12. G

H
I
during 10 seconds.
J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
SEF820Y
L
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 and its circuit. M
>> GO TO 14.

1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 15.

[MR TYPE 1]
15. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
>> GO TO 16.

1. Start engine.
OK or NG

OK or NG
PBIB2332E

– Engine oil level is too high
– Noise from engine
– Valve clearance malfunction

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

[MR TYPE 1]
20. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” A
OK or NG EC
C
1. Stop the engine.

D
E
>> GO TO 22.

F
1. Start engine.
within the SP value. G
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-209, "DTC
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" . H
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
I
make sure that the indication is within the SP value. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and K
then GO TO 29.
PBIB2370E
M
24. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
>> GO TO 29.

[MR TYPE 1]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
then GO TO 30.
PBIB2370E

● Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
● Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
valve
parts
>> GO TO 30.

OK or NG

[MR TYPE 1]
30. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” A
the SP value.
OK or NG EC
C

[MR TYPE 1]
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnosis procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
STEP in Work Flow Situation
10 The Diagnosis Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-141, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .
>> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

TESTS”.
OK or NG

[MR TYPE 1]
A
1. INSPECTION START
EC
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
C
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I D

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CON- E
SULT-II or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIA9561J H

Check the following. I
● 10A fuse
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
M
PBIB3268E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. Body ground E38
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

[MR TYPE 1]
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

7. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

OK or NG
OK >> Check ignition control system circuit. Refer to EC-170,
"Wiring Diagram — ECM —" .
NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIA9585J
8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
11. PBIB3037E

[MR TYPE 1]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV A
SULT-II or tester. EC

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.
D
PBIA9562J
E
F
Refer to Circuit Diagram. G
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. J
Refer to Wiring Diagram. K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12. M
13. CHECK 20A FUSE

2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

[MR TYPE 1]
1. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
PBIB3268E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. Body ground E38
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.


OK or NG
Ground Inspection GBS00658
[MR TYPE 1]
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. A
EC
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation. C
For detailed ground distribution information.
PBIB1870E

[MR TYPE 1]
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0065A
Trouble diagnosis
name
U1000*1 ● ECM cannot communicate to other control ● Harness or connectors

1000* 1
units. (CAN communication line is open or
CAN communication
shorted.)
2 line ● ECM cannot communicate for more than the
U1001* (Refer to LAN-3, "Precautions When
specified time.
1001*2 Using CONSULT-II" .)
*1: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
*2: The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0065B


[MR TYPE 1]
A
Description GBS0065E
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0065F
U1010 Initializing CAN communication bus is mal- E
CAN communication bus ● ECM
1010 functioning.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0065G
WITH CONSULT-II F
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. G
SEF058Y
J
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
K

[MR TYPE 1]
Description GBS0065I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve
MBIB1560E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0065J

(M/T) quickly
● No load
Approx. 0% - 90%
(M/T) quickly
● No load

[MR TYPE 1]
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0065K
A
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC
P0011 Intake valve timing control There is a gap between angle of target and ● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
C
0011 performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
D
FAIL-SAFE MODE E
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0065L
G
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC- H
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
idle. J
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II. K
ture.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec- L
onds.
M
COOLANT TEMPS 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
SEF174Y
Shift lever

COOLANT TEMPS 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)

[MR TYPE 1]
WITH GST

[MR TYPE 1]
A
Component Description GBS0065P
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire EC
the heat loss. C
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D
PBIA9559J
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0065Q

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
G
● Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
CAL/LD VALUE tral (M/T)
2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
H
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
● Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
I
MASS AIRFLOW tral (M/T)
2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
● No load
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0065R

K
Trouble diagnosis
name
L
M
FAIL-SAFE MODE

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0065S
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description GBS0065X
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal EC
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise. C
PBIA9559J
E
<Reference data>
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
°C (°F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 G
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: H
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0065Y
Trouble diagnosis J
name
Intake air tempera-
ture sensor circuit
0112 sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors K
low input
Intake air tempera-
P0113 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Intake air temperature sensor
ture sensor circuit
0113 sent to ECM.
high input L
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0065Z
NOTE: M
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[MR TYPE 1]
WITH GST

[MR TYPE 1]
A
Component Description GBS00664

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the EC
mistor decreases as temperature increases. C
SEF594K
E
<Reference data>
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
°C (°F)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine H
CAUTION:
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS00665
J
Trouble Diagnosis
Name K
Engine coolant tem-
cuit low input L
Engine coolant tem-
0118 sent to ECM.
cuit high input
M
FAIL-SAFE MODE
or START.
Condition
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS00666
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[MR TYPE 1]
A
Component Description GBS0066B

PBIB0145E
tion.
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0066C

F
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V G
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0066D

H

NOTE: I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sen- ● Electric throttle control actuator K
FAIL-SAFE MODE L
M
degrees.

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0066E
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
A
Component Description GBS0066J

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0066K I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times during K
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0066L
L
PBIB1848E

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0066M
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF174Y
WITH GST

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
A
Component Description GBS0066R

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0066S I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm. Changes more than 5 times dur- K
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0066T
L
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index. M
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
PBIB2991E

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
● Fuel pressure
P0133 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The response of the voltage signal from the ● Fuel injector
0133 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
● Intake air leaks
● Exhaust gas leaks
● PCV valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0066U
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,400 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
SEF338Z
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 40 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,400 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.0 - 12 msec
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from SEF339Z
step 2.

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, check possible cause items. A
EC
SEF658Y
D
Overall Function Check GBS0066V
trip DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. F
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more G
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V H
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V
4. If NG, check possible cause items. I
PBIA9566J

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS00671

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
ing 10 seconds.

SEF237U

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. C
WITH CONSULT-II
D
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes. E
NOTE:
F
PBIB0544E
5. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis- H

take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.) I
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
J
K
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from PBIB0545E
step 2.
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, check possible cause items. L
SEC750C

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
Overall Function Check GBS00674
WITH GST
PBIA9566J

DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:23710
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Engine coolant tempera- heater control C
Engine coolant temperature sensor
ture
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine D
is started.
OPERATION
E
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,400 rpm OFF
Below 3,400 rpm after warming up ON F
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0067A
Specification data are reference values. G

ON H
O2SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30% I
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0067B

J
Trouble diagnosis
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors K

Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit
P0135 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
sensor 1 heater is open or shorted.)
0135 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
control circuit
through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.) ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
L

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0067C
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR TYPE 1]
A
Component Description GBS0067H

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0067I

HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warming up G
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0067J

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen I
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. J
PBIB1848E
● Harness or connectors M

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0067K
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
SEF174Y
WITH GST

REVVING ENGINE FROM IDLE TO 3,000 RPM QUICKLY AFTER THE FOLLOW-
ING CONDITIONS ARE MET.DTC P0139 HO2S2
[MR TYPE 1]
ING CONDITIONS ARE MET.DTC P0139 HO2S2 PFP:226A0 A
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), EC

shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal C
tions. D
SEF327R E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0067Q
Specification data are reference values. F

tions are met. G
and at idle for 1 minute under no load H
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0067R
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time I

J
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel-cut.
K
SEF302U L
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause M
P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
0139 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0067S
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and
“COND3” are completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from step 2 in
Procedure for COND1.
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°(32 to 86°F).
4. Let engine idle 1 minute.
7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 119 °C (158 - 246°F)
Shift level Suitable position
PBIB0552E
NOTE:
● If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
● If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.

[MR TYPE 1]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completely with “OD” A
OFF (A/T) from the above condition [step 9] until “INCOM-
PLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen has turned to
“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.) EC
NOTE:
If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-II
screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is unnec-
C
essary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.
PBIB0553E
D
Procedure for COND3

1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on
E
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take a
maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
RESULTS”. F
If “NG” is displayed, check possible cause items.
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the follow-
ing. G
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA SEF668Y
H
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°(158°F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3. I
Overall Function Check GBS0067T
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st J
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. K
3. Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. L
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. M
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec- PBIB2996E
ond during this procedure.

[MR TYPE 1]
Description GBS0067Y
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Engine speed
Engine coolant tempera- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor heater control
ture
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0067Z

HO2S2 HTR (B1) – Engine: After warming up
ON
Trouble diagnosis
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors

control circuit

[MR TYPE 1]
A
NOTE:
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II C
D
E
SEF058Y
G
WITH GST
H

DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Trouble diagnosis
name
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Fuel injector

P0171 Fuel injection system ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
0171 too lean large. ● Incorrect fuel pressure
(The mixture ratio is too lean.) ● Lack of fuel
● Incorrect PCV hose connection
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, check possible cause items.
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform-
ing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to SEF215Z
(1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 minutes. Refer to the table
below.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)

[MR TYPE 1]
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). A
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. EC
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, check possible cause items. If engine
does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
C
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. D
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- E
nector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected. F
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
9. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be G
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, check possi- PBIB3262E
ble cause items.

NOTE: H
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min- I
utes. Refer to the table below.
J
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm K
L
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
M
10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, check possible cause items.
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0068A
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
Trouble diagnosis
name
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Fuel injector
P0172 Fuel injection system ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
0172 too rich large.
(The mixture ratio is too rich.) ● Incorrect fuel pressure
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0068B
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, check possible cause items.
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform-
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to SEF215Z
(1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 minutes. Refer to the table
below.
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.

[MR TYPE 1]
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, check possible cause items. If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for A
fouling, etc.
WITH GST EC
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. C
4. Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector. D
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. E
9. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, check possi- PBIB3262E F
ble cause items.
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. G
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below. H
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con- I
J
K
10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. L
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, check possible cause items. If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for
fouling, etc.
M

[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS0068E

PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0068F

On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0068G

NOTE:
Refer to EC-281, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" s.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0068H
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST G

DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[MR TYPE 1]
FIRE PFP:00000
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0068M
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revo-
lutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire ● Improper spark plug
Multiple cylinder misfire.
0300 detected ● Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire ● Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
0301 detected
● Fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire Fuel injector
No. 2 cylinder misfires. ●
0302 detected
● Intake air leak
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire
No. 3 cylinder misfires. ● The ignition signal circuit is open or
0303 detected
shorted
● Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire ● Signal plate
No. 4 cylinder misfires.
0304 detected
● Incorrect PCV hose connection

FIRE
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0068N
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE: EC
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
D
4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. E
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform- F
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. PBIB0164E
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to G
(1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time. Refer to table below.
H
dition should be satisfied at the same time:
I
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F)
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or J
(T) condition
equal to 70°C (158°F)
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
K
Refer to the following table.
Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes L
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
M
WITH GST

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060

● : Vehicle front
PBIB3264E
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0068Q

● Knock sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0068R
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[MR TYPE 1]
A
Component Description GBS0068W

olution.
change. D
changes.
PBIA9209J
E
PBIB2997E
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0068X

ENG SPEED
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0068Y
M
● Signal plate

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0068Z
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
onds at idle speed.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[MR TYPE 1]
A

signals.
PBIA9875J
change.
E
PBIB2997E
I
NOTE:
K
L
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 1]
onds at idle speed.
onds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to check possible cause items.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0069B
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen

sensors 1 and 2. EC
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase. C
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed. D
SEF484YF
● Three way catalyst (manifold) F
● Exhaust tube
● Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate ● Intake air leaks
P0420 Catalyst system efficiency properly.
● Fuel injector G
0420 below threshold ● Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. ● Fuel injector leaks
● Spark plug
● Improper ignition timing H
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0069C
NOTE: I
WITH CONSULT-II J
TESTING CONDITION:
● Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
K
● Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUP- M
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecu-
tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step 10
8. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
PBIB0566E

[MR TYPE 1]
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take
approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C
(158°F) and then retest from step 1.
PBIB0567E
(soak the vehicle)
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLANT TEMP/S” in
“DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANT TEMP/
S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°(158°F),
go to step 3.
SEF013Y
10. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.

11. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to check possible cause items.
SEF535Z
Overall Function Check GBS0069D
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
WITH GST
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 sig-
nal) and ground, and ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and
ground.
6. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
PBIA9566J

[MR TYPE 1]
7. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 50 and ground is very less than that of A
ECM terminal 49 and ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
EC
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
does not operate properly. Check possible cause items. C
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 49 does not switch periodically more than 5 PBIB3000E
times within 10 seconds at step 7, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC D
P0133 first. (See EC-219, "DTC P0133 HO2S1" .)

DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[MR TYPE 1]
PFP:14920
Description GBS0069F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
Throttle position sensor Throttle position purge flow control control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
PBIA9215J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS0069G

● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
PURG VOL C/V (M/T)
2,000 rpm 0 - 50%
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0069H
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit
0444 to ECM through the valve
open ● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0069I
A
NOTE:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST G

DTC P0500 VSS
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
Description GBS0069N
NOTE:
Refer to EC-205, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”
through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN com-
munication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0069O
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
(Refer to LAN-3, "Precautions When Using
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from CONSULT-II" .)
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
0500
even when vehicle is being driven.
(Refer to BRC-4, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .)
● Wheel sensor
● Combination meter
(Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .)
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0069P
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-
II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If OK, go to following step.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
onds.
ENG SPEED More than 1,600 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL 5.5 - 31.8 msec
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
SEF196Y

DTC P0500 VSS
[MR TYPE 1]
Overall Function Check GBS0069Q
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST EC
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST. C
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
4. If NG, check possible cause items. D

DTC P0605 ECM
[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS0069S

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
PBIA9222J
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS0069T

P0605
0605
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Malfunction A
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS0069U
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST

DTC P0605 ECM
[MR TYPE 1]
With CONSULT-II A
EC
ON.
C
SEF058Y
E
With GST
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C F
With CONSULT-II
G
ON.
H
I
J
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. K

[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS006A0

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006A1

Approx. 0% - 90%
(M/T) quickly
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006A2

DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006A3
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

[MR TYPE 1]
A
Component Description GBS006A8
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC
angle properly in response to driving condition. C
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006A9
Electric throttle control actuator does not function E
A)
1121 actuator B)
F
FAIL-SAFE MODE G
H
Malfunction A
I
Malfunction C The engine can restart in N or P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T), and engine speed will not exceed
1,000 rpm or more.
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006AA
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform K
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second. M
ON.

[MR TYPE 1]
With GST
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST

[MR TYPE 1]
A
Description GBS006AD
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or P1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 EC
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. C
response to driving condition. D
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006AE
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. E

P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or F
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
H
spring.
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006AF
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine K
is running.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. L
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. M
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS006AK
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006AL

On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006AM

1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006AN
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST

[MR TYPE 1]
TESTING CONDITION: A
With CONSULT-II
EC
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. C
SEF058Y
With GST F

[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS006AQ
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006AR

1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. ● Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006AS
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
A
Component Description GBS006AX

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006AY I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm Changes more than 5 times dur- K
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006AZ
L
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected. M
SEF300U
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1143 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltage from the
● Fuel pressure
1143 lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
● Fuel injector

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006B0
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
PBIB0546E

take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
step 2.
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, check possible cause items.
SEC769C

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
Overall Function Check GBS006B1
A
WITH GST EC
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm C
constant under no load.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
● The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least 1 time. D
PBIA9566J F

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS006B5

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006B6

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm Changes more than 5 times dur-
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006B7
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltages from the ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
1144 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006B8
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
C
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II D
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode E
with CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. F
NOTE:
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5. G
PBIB0548E
I
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will J
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
K
VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
Shift lever Suitable position L
step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG M
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, check possible cause items.
SEC772C

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 1]
Overall Function Check GBS006B9
WITH GST
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
● The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least 1 time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least 1 time.
PBIA9566J

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[MR TYPE 1]
A
Component Description GBS006BD

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006BE

tions are met.
– Engine: After warming up G
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006BF

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen I
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is
sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. J
PBIB3270E
● Harness or connectors M
P1146 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
1146 minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage.
● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006BG
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and
● If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in Pro-
cedure for COND1
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C(32 to 86°F).
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3”.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 119°C (158 - 246°F)
PBIB0555E
NOTE:

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[MR TYPE 1]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed with “OD” A
“COMPLETED” (It will take approximately 4 seconds.) EC
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-
II screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is
C
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.
PBIB0556E
D
Procedure for COND3

E
RESULTS”. F
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, performed the fol-
lowing. G
(soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA SEC775C
H
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C(158°F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3. I
Overall Function Check GBS006BH
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st J
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the operating temperature. K
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. L
at least 10 times. M
The voltage should be below 0.46V at least once during this
procedure.
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
The voltage should be below 0.46V at least once during this PBIB2996E
procedure.

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS006BM

tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006BN

tions are met.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006BO

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-
cut.
SEF259VA
(The sensor circuit open or shorted.)
P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
1147 maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006BP
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and EC
● If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. C
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in “Pro-
cedure for COND1” D
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
E
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C(32 to 86°F).
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. G
H
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in “Procedure for COND3”.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at COND1” on the CONSULT-II I
J
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 119°C (158 - 246°F) K
PBIB0557E
NOTE:


DTC P1147 HO2S2
[MR TYPE 1]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed with “OD”
“COMPLETED” (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-
II screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in “Procedure for COND3”.
PBIB0558E
Procedure for COND3

RESULTS”.
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the follow-
ing.
(soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA SEC778C

d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C(158°F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3.
Overall Function Check GBS006BQ
WITH GST
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
essary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this PBIB2996E
procedure.

[MR TYPE 1]
A
System Description GBS006BV
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE: EC
Cooling Fan Control

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D
Battery Battery voltage*1 E
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan IPDM E/R

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature F
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*2
G
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant H
I
PBIB2483E

Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
1 3
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) OFF ON

[MR TYPE 1]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006BW

the engine ON
OFF
(206°F) or less
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (210°F) or more
HIGH
(212°F) or more
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006BX
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
shorted.)
● Cooling fan
heat).
● Cooling fan system does not operate properly ● Cooling fan relays
P1217 Engine over temperature (Overheat). ● Radiator hose

● Engine coolant is not within the specified ● Water pump
range.
● Thermostat
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
Overall Function Check GBS006BY
firmed.
WARNING:
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

[MR TYPE 1]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. A
the proper range, skip the following steps and check possible EC
cause items.
C
cause items.
SEF621W
D

SULT-II. E
SEF646X
H
WITH GST
I
cause items.
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer J
cause items.
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors K

[MR TYPE 1]
Main 12 Causes of Overheating GBS006C1

● Blocked bumper
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2
, 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
radiator hoses

4 Gas analyzer
ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature gauge ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driv-
ing
● Coolant overflow to reservoir ● Visual No overflow during driving and
tank idling
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from reservoir ● Visual Should be initial level in reservoir
tank to radiator tank
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum dis-
tortion (warping)
12 ● Cylinder block and pistons ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or
piston
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[MR TYPE 1]
A
Component Description GBS006C3

PBIB0145E
tion.
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006C4

F
1225 learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2) G
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006C5
NOTE: H
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS006C8

PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006C9

1226 learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006CA
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 32 times.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[MR TYPE 1]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006CD

EC
Trouble diagnosis
name
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) C
1229 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high. shorted.] D
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) E
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. F
G
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006CE
H
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: I
WITH CONSULT-II
K
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS006CH
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006CI

On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006CJ

1706
engine starting and driving. ● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006CK
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
ing conditions.
N or P position (A/T)
ON

If OK, go to following step. SEF212Y
onds.
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64km/h (29 MPH)

SEF213Y

[MR TYPE 1]
Overall Function Check GBS006CL
A
WITH GST EC
and body ground under the following conditions. C
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known-good data)
Neutral position (M/T) (11 - 14V) D
3. If NG, check possible cause items. E
PBIA9570J

DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR) PFP:31935
Description GBS006EW
ECM receives turbine revolution sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this
signal for engine control.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006EX

Almost the same speed as the
I/P PULLY SPD ● Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12MPH)
tachometer indication
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006EY
NOTE:
● If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
● If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335.
Refer to EC-243, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)" .
● If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer
to EC-245, "DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)" .
Refer to EC-254, "DTC P0605 ECM" .
The MIL will not lights up for this diagnosis.
shorted)
Input speed sensor Turbine revolution sensor signal is differ- (Refer to LAN-3, "Precautions When Using
P1715 (Turbine revolution sen- ent from the theoretical value calculated CONSULT-II" )
1715 sor) by ECM from revolution sensor signal ● Harness or connectors
(TCM output) and engine rpm signal. (Turbine revolution sensor circuit is open or
shorted)
● TCM
(Refer to AT-11, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" )

[MR TYPE 1]
A
Description GBS006CO
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006CP

C
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006CQ
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. E
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ● Harness or connectors F

1805
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode H
I

When accelerating Poor acceleration J
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006CS
WITH CONSULT-II
L
M
PBIB1952E
WITH GST

[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS006CW

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
signals.
PBIB1741E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006CX


ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2*

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006CY

NOTE:
shorted.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP
(APP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006CZ
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST G

[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS006D4

signals.
PBIB1741E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006D5


ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2*

CLSD THL POS
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006D6

2127 sensor 2 circuit low input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
is shorted.]
shorted.)
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006D7
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST G

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS006DC

PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006DD

(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2*
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006DE

NOTE:
P2135 shorted.)
circuit range/performance compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR TYPE 1]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006DF
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST G

[MR TYPE 1]
Component Description GBS006DK

signals.
PBIB1741E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006DL


ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2*

CLSD THL POS
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006DM

NOTE:
shorted.)
is shorted.]
2138 shorted.)

[MR TYPE 1]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. A

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 EC
degrees.
C
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006DN
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at D
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. E
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. F
G
SEF058Y
I
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. J

[MR TYPE 1]
Fuel Pressure GBS006EJ
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing GBS006EK

Target idle speed
Calculated Load Value GBS006EL
Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT-II or GST)

At idle 10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35
Mass Air Flow Sensor GBS006EM

1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no-load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor GBS006EN

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor GBS006EO

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater GBS006EP
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater GBS006EQ
Throttle Control Motor GBS006ET

[MR TYPE 1]
Fuel Injector GBS006EU
A
Fuel Pump GBS006EV
EC

INDEX FOR DTC
[MR TYPE 2]
INDEX FOR DTC
[MR TYPE 2] PFP:00024
DTC No. Index GBS006EZ
NOTE:
DTC*1 Items
Reference page
CONSULT-II ECM*2

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-368
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-368
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) EC-370
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) EC-372
P0135 0135 HO2S1 HTR (B1) EC-374
P0141 0141 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-376
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-378
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-378
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-383
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-385
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC EC-387
P0605 0605 ECM EC-389
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-392
P1128 1128 ETC MOT EC-397

INDEX FOR DTC
[MR TYPE 2]
DTC*1 Items
Reference page A
CONSULT-II ECM*2
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-404 EC
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-405
C
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED EC-406
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-408 D
E
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-414 F
G

INDEX FOR DTC
[MR TYPE 2]
Alphabetical Index GBS006F0
NOTE:
Items DTC*1
Reference page
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 3 EC-359
1000*
ECM P0605 0605 EC-389
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 EC-392
ETC MOT P1128 1128 EC-397
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 EC-370
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 EC-372
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0135 0135 EC-374
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0141 0141 EC-376
IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 EC-406
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
MAY BE REQUIRED.

INDEX FOR DTC
[MR TYPE 2]
Items DTC*1
Reference page A
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — EC
MAY BE REQUIRED.
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 EC-385 C
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 EC-404
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 EC-378
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 EC-378
D
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 EC-368

TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 EC-368 E
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 EC-412
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 EC-387
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. F
G

[MR TYPE 2]
System Diagram GBS006F1
PBIB2945E

[MR TYPE 2]
A
Introduction GBS006F2
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Freeze Frame data
C
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)

1st Trip Freeze Frame data D
1st trip Freeze Frame E
DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data
data
CONSULT-II × × × ×
ECM × ×* — — F
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected G
"Fail-Safe Chart" .)
Two Trip Detection Logic GBS006F3
H
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in I
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
during vehicle operation. J
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means K
driver to repair the malfunction. L
Emission-related Diagnostic Information GBS006F4

M

Trip MIL
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II 2 page
ECM*
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*3 1 × EC-359
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*3 2 — EC-359

CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 1 × EC-360
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — Flashing*4 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 2 — EC-361
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 1 × EC-366

[MR TYPE 2]

Trip MIL
(CONSULT-II screen terms) page
CONSULT-II ECM*2
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 1 × EC-366
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 × EC-368
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 × EC-368
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 × EC-370
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 × EC-372
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0135 0135 2 × EC-374
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0141 0141 2 × EC-376
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 1 × EC-378
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 1 × EC-378
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 2 × EC-381
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 2 × EC-383
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 2 × EC-385
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 2 × EC-387
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × or — EC-389
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 2 × EC-391
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 × EC-392
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 1 × EC-394
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 × EC-395
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 × EC-395
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 × EC-397
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-398
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 1 × EC-404
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 2 — BL-42
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 2 × EC-405
IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 2 — EC-406
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 2 — EC-407
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 × EC-408
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 × EC-408
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 × EC-410
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 × EC-410
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 1 × EC-412
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 × EC-414


[MR TYPE 2]
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required A
EC
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-304, "HOW C
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-306, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Con- D
firmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC E
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode. Examples: P0117, P0340, P1217, etc. F
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
Without CONSULT-II
Example: 0117, 0340, 1217, etc. G
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. H
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-
able) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc- I
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. J
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
PBIB0911E
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II.
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-

[MR TYPE 2]
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-II
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
PBIB2454E
Without CONSULT-II
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
hours.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction GBS006F5
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac- C
MEF036D
E

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are F
ment of good parts.
G
SEF233G
I
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-306, "WORK FLOW" . J
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. L
SEF234G
M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
WORK FLOW
Overall Sequence
PBIB3126E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
Detailed Flow
A
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the EC-309, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . EC
>> GO TO 2.
C
2. CHECK DTC*1
1. Check DTC*1 . D
– Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2 . (Print them out with CONSULT-II.)
E
– Erase DTC*1 . (Refer to EC-304, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .)
– Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus- F
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected? G
H

I
J
results.
K
>> GO TO 5.

L
M
results.
>> GO TO 6.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1 , and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again.
At this time, always connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle, and check diagnostic results in real time on “DATA
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
● Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this
check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure.
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
6. PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION

7. PERFORM DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE

With CONSULT-II
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.
SEF601Z

Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.

Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-318, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symp-
tom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
Inspect the system.
Yes >> GO TO 11. EC
SULT-II. Refer to EC-330, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" , EC-338, "CONSULT-II Refer-
ence Value in Data Monitor" . C

1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. D
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-304, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . E
>> GO TO 12.
F
12. FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again, G
H
OK or NG
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6. I
2. INSPECTION END
J
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET K
Description
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- L
M
tomer complaint.
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart GBS006F6
A
chart.
NOTE:
● If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC EC
to EC-360, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" . C

1 ● U1000 U1001 CAN communication line D
● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor E
● P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) F
● P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
● P0605 ECM G
● P1229 Sensor power supply
● P1610 - P1615 NATS
H
2 ● P0132 P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 I
● P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve J
● P1122 Electric throttle control function
● P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay K
● P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
● P1805 Brake switch L
M
● P1715 Turbine revolution sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
Fail-Safe Chart GBS006F7
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 ture sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-
Condition
II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned
40°C (104°F)
ON or START
More than approx. 4 minutes after
80°C (176°F)
ignition ON or START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cool-
ing fan operates while engine is running.
P0123 in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
20 degrees or less.
the engine stalls.
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
Basic Inspection GBS006F8
1. INSPECTION START A
scheduled maintenance. EC
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut C
D
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
indicator points the middle of gauge. G
SEF976U
J
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. L
M
SEF977U
>> GO TO 3

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
PBIA8513J

SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform Accelerator pedal Released Position Learning.
>> GO TO 5.

>> GO TO 6.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING A
Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 7.
2. GO TO 4. C

D
With CONSULT-II
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. E
F
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check idle speed. G
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) SEF174Y H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8. I

Check the Following. J
(PHASE)" .
K
.
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 9.
2. GO TO 4.
M
>> GO TO 4.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIB3263E

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.

>> GO TO 13.

Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
Without CONSULT-II
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN A

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 16. D
PBIB3263E
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation. G
2. GO TO 4.
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

(PHASE)" . I
.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 18.
2. GO TO 4. K

L
Re-communicating Function" . M
>> GO TO 4.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
Symptom Matrix Chart GBS006F9
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3 3
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
1
1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Throttle position sensor circuit
2 2
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
SYMPTOM
A

EC


C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank
5
G
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 H
Low octane)
Air Air duct
Air cleaner I
(Mass air flow sensor — electric
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator) J
5 5 5 5
Air leakage from intake manifold/
Collector/Gasket K
Cranking Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit
L
Starter circuit 3 1
Signal plate 6
PNP switch 4 M
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain
mechanism
Camshaft
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gas-
ket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Three way catalyst
Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil fil-
ter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Thermostat 5
Water pump
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Cooling fan
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated 5
coolant

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
Engine Control Component Parts Location GBS006FA
EC
PBIB3261E
solenoid valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
PBIA9900J
: Vehicle front
4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Refrigerant pressure sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
EC
PBIB3265E
: Vehicle front
1. Intake valve timing control valve 2. Knock sensor 3. IPDM E/R
4. Fuel pump fuse (15A) 5. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 6. Fuel pressure regulator
harness connector
7. Fuel pump 8. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 9. Fuel injector

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
PBIB2942E
PBIB2943E
: Vehicle front
1. Exhaust manifold 2. Heated oxygen sensor 1 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2
connector

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
EC
PBIB3266E
: Vehicle front
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
4. ECM harness connectors 5. ECM 6. Stop lamp switch
harness connector
10. Accelerator pedal

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
Vacuum Hose Drawing GBS006FB
PBIA9890J
A : To EVAP canister
1. EVAP canister purge volume control 2. Intake manifold 3. EVAP purge resonator
solenoid valve
NOTE:
Refer to EC-300, "System Diagram" s for Vacuum Control System.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram — ECM — GBS006FC
EC
TBWB0983E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
TBWT1358E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
EC
TBWT1359E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout GBS006FD
PBIA9221J
ECM Terminals and Reference Value GBS006FE
PREPARATION
● : Vehicle front
PBIB2959E

– ECM (2)
– Fasten (B)


PBIB2947E

Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3.2V

1 L
PBIA8150J

supply (11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 10V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm. C
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J
D
E
Approximately 1.8V
[Ignition switch: ON] F

4 P
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released G
PBIA8149J
[Engine is running] Approximately 10V H

● Below 3,600 rpm after the following con-
ditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up I
5 G
heater idle for 1 minute under no load J
PBIA8148J

(11 - 14V)
K
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE L
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
M
● Idle speed

9 P PBIB0050E
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
NOTE:
PBIB0520E
11 B ● Idle speed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
PBIA8164J
13 L Tachometer signal
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
PBIA8165J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
0 - 0.3V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
PBIA9265J
21 G Ignition signal No. 4
0.2 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
PBIA9266J

● For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.0V
ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V) EC
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
rpm at idle.
29 Y Fuel injector No. 3 PBIB0529E D
(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm F
PBIA4943J
[Engine is running]
G
0 - 1.0V
ECM relay switch OFF H
32 P
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
ignition switch OFF I
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V J
K
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed L
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) M
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
40 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
ON

sensor) ● Idle speed
Approximately 0.4V
● Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
● Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being
46 V [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor
air temperature.

48 BR (Refrigerant pressure sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
met.
idle for 1 minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
● Idle speed

sor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
● Idle speed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 4.0V
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
rpm at idle.
PBIB2998E
61 W D
(POS)
Approximately 4.0V
[Engine is running] E
F
PBIB2999E

62 R [Crankshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V G

63 BR [Camshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V H
1.0 - 2.0V
[Engine is running] I
● Idle speed
NOTE: J
rpm at idle.
PBIB2986E
65 G K
(PHASE)
1.0 - 2.0V
[Engine is running] L
M
PBIB2987E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch
Approximately 0V
Sensor power supply

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
7 - 10V
73 P [Engine is running]
solenoid valve
● When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
PBIA4937J
Sensor power supply

sensor)
Sensor power supply
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
(PHASE)]
83 P CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.7 - 2.3V
88 LG DATA link connector Approximately 10.5V
● CONSULT-II: Disconnected.
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
99 R Stop lamp switch
Sensor power supply

sensor 2)
103 GR

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Sensor power supply
106 P (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V EC
110 G
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V C

D
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor GBS006FF
Remarks:
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
1.0V
are met.
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
1.0V
LEAN ←→ RICH
during 10 seconds.
are met.
VHCL SPEED SE

ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2*
the engine ON
● Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned. OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Being Turned. ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
A
and/or ON
Rear window defogger switch and EC
OFF
Heater fan: Operating. ON C
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON D
● Air conditioner switch: OFF E
2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
(M/T)
● No load F
IGN TIMING ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral G
2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
(M/T)
● No load
H
2,000 rpm 0 - 50% I
(M/T)
● No load
J
(M/T) quickly
K
● No load
● Air conditioner switch: OFF L
Approx. 0% - 90%
(M/T) quickly
● No load M
the engine ON
ON
OFF
(206°F) or less
COOLING FAN LOW
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
HIGH
(212°F) or more

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
ON
ON
VEHICLE SPEED
● Engine speed: below 3,400 rpm
● Engine: Idle
● Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode GBS006FG
A
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera- EC
C
F
PBIB0198E
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1” G
H
PBIB2445E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[MR TYPE 2]
PBIB0668E

[MR TYPE 2]
A
Description GBS006FH
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition GBS006FI
● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) F

2
● Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
G
● Transmission: Warmed-up H
– M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes. I
ahead. J
Inspection Procedure GBS006FJ
NOTE:
K
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. L
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. M
SEF601Z

[MR TYPE 2]
Diagnostic Procedure GBS006FK
OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2384E

[MR TYPE 2]
EC
PBIB3213E

[MR TYPE 2]
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-343, "Testing Condition" .
NOTE:
even a little.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
PBIB2369E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
PBIB2332E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
PBIB2332E

1. Stop the engine.
3. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.

[MR TYPE 2]
5. CHANGE ENGINE OIL A
1. Stop the engine.
NOTE: EC
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con- C
dition.
>> INSPECTION END D

Check fuel pressure. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator. GO TO 8. F
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G

– Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube H
– Fuel pump and its circuit.
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. I
>> GO TO 8. J

1. Start engine. K
L
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.
M
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
PBIB0133E

[MR TYPE 2]
– Ignition coil and its circuit.
– Fuel injector and its circuit.
– Low compression pressure.
>> GO TO 11.

1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
SEF820Y

Check heated oxygen sensor 1 and its circuit.
>> GO TO 14.

1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 15.

[MR TYPE 2]
15. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR A
1. Stop the engine.
EC
>> GO TO 16.
16. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” C
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is D
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END E
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-318, "Symptom Matrix Chart"

OK or NG G
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. H
I
PBIB2332E
18. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
– Engine oil level is too high K
– Noise from engine L
– Valve clearance malfunction M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

[MR TYPE 2]
OK or NG
1. Stop the engine.
>> GO TO 22.

1. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it.
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and
then GO TO 29.
PBIB2370E
24. REPLACE ECM

1. Replace ECM.
>> GO TO 29.

[MR TYPE 2]
25. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM A
● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
D
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the E
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END F
27. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 28.
then GO TO 30. I
J
PBIB2370E
28. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM K
● Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct L
● Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve M
valve
parts
>> GO TO 30.

OK or NG

[MR TYPE 2]
the SP value.
OK or NG

[MR TYPE 2]
A
Description GBS006FL
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnosis procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area. C

STEP in Work Flow Situation D
E
10 The Diagnosis Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure GBS006FM F

1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-304, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA- G
TION" .
>> GO TO 2. H

I
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K
TESTS”. L
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or replace. M

[MR TYPE 2]
Diagnostic Procedure GBS006FO
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9561J

● 10A fuse

– : Vehicle front
– Body ground E21 (1)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
PBIB3269E

[MR TYPE 2]
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I A
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

3. Also check harness for short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. D

Check the following. E
F
7. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II G

2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
I
OK or NG
OK >> Check ignition control system circuit. Refer toEC-327, J
"Wiring Diagram — ECM —" .
NG >> GO TO 8.
K
PBIA9585J
8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III L

2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
11. PBIB3037E

[MR TYPE 2]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIA9562J

Refer to Circuit Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.

13. CHECK 20A FUSE

2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

[MR TYPE 2]
14. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
– : Vehicle front EC
– Body ground E21 (1)
OK or NG
C
OK >> GO TO 15.
D
PBIB3269E
15. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II E

F
3. Also check harness for short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16. H

I
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground J

K
L
OK or NG
M
Ground Inspection GBS006FP
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
[MR TYPE 2]
For detailed ground distribution information.
PBIB1870E

[MR TYPE 2]
A
Description GBS006FQ
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006FR
D
Trouble diagnosis
name
U1000*1 ● ECM cannot communicate to other control ● Harness or connectors

E
1000* 1
units. (CAN communication line is open or
CAN communication
shorted.)
line ECM cannot communicate for more than the
U1001*2 ●
(Refer to LAN-3, "Precautions When
specified time.
1001*2 Using CONSULT-II" ) F
*1: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
*2: The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006FS

2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. H

[MR TYPE 2]
Description GBS006FU
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006FV

U1010
CAN communication bus Initializing CAN communication bus is malfunctioning. ● ECM
1010
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006FW
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
A
Description GBS006FX
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve C
D
MBIB1560E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake J
valve.
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006FY L
M
INT/V TIM (B1) ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral When revving engine up to 2,000
(M/T) quickly
● No load
INT/V SOL (B1) ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral When revving engine up to 2,000
Approx. 0% - 90%
(M/T) quickly
● No load

[MR TYPE 2]
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006FZ

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0011 Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and ● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
0011 control performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
FAIL-SAFE MODE
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006G0
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC-
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
ture.
onds.
COOLANT TEMPS 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
SEF174Y
Shift lever
COOLANT TEMPS 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)

[MR TYPE 2]
A
Overall Function Check GBS006G1
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the intake valve timing control system. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. EC
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 73 (IVT control solenoid valve signal) and ground.
D
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below. E
Conditions Voltage
At idle
BATTERY VOLTAGE F
(11 - 14V)
7V - 10V
G
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3036E
H
PBIA4937J
I
J

[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006G2
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
the heat loss.
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006G3

On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006G4

Trouble diagnosis
name
FAIL-SAFE MODE

[MR TYPE 2]
A
NOTE:
EC
With CONSULT-II
F
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. G
H
With CONSULT-II I
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. J
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. K
L
SEF058Y
M
Without CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006G7

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006G8

Trouble Diagnosis
Name
Engine coolant tem-
cuit low input
Engine coolant tem-
0118 sent to ECM.
cuit high input
FAIL-SAFE MODE
or START.
Condition
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)

[MR TYPE 2]
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. C
D
F
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
H

[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006GB

PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006GC

On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006GD

NOTE:
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sen- ● Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006GE
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006GG

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006GH

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006GI
PBIB1848E

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006GJ
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. D
SEF174Y
H
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. I

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006GL

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006GM

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006GN

SEF237U

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[MR TYPE 2]
Overall Function Check GBS006GO
A
WITH CONSULT-II EC
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)”. C
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load.
4. Make sure that the indications do not remain in the range
between 0.2V to 0.4V. D
SEF646Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II F
G
H
J
PBIA9566J

[MR TYPE 2]
Description GBS006GQ
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Engine coolant tempera- heater control
Engine coolant temperature sensor
ture
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Above 3,400 rpm OFF
Below 3,400 rpm after warming up ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006GR

ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006GS
Trouble diagnosis
name

control circuit

[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006GT
A
NOTE:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II C
D
E
SEF174Y
G
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. H
I

[MR TYPE 2]
Description GBS006GV
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Engine speed
Engine coolant tempera- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor heater control
ture
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006GW

HO2S2 HTR (B1) – Engine: After warming up
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006GX
Trouble diagnosis
name

control circuit

[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006GY
A
NOTE:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II C
D
E
F
SEF174Y

[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006H0

PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006H1

On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006H2

NOTE:
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006H3
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[MR TYPE 2]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060

● : Vehicle front
PBIB3264E
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006H6

● Knock sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006H7
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
A

olution.
change. D
changes.
PBIA9209J
E
PBIB2997E
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006HA

ENG SPEED
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006HB
M
● Signal plate

[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006HC
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
onds at idle speed.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
A
Component Description GBS006HE

signals.
PBIA9875J
change.
E
PBIB2997E
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006HF
NOTE:
K
L

[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006HG
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
onds at idle speed.
onds.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
5. Start engine and maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.

[MR TYPE 2]
PFP:14920 A
Description GBS006HI
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
C
Battery Battery voltage*1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume D
Throttle position sensor Throttle position purge flow control control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position

E
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
F
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas- G
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is H
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION I
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is J
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
K
L
PBIA9215J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006HJ

M
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
PURG VOL C/V (M/T)
2,000 rpm 0 - 50%
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006HK
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit
0444 to ECM through the valve
open ● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006HL
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

DTC P0500 VSS
[MR TYPE 2]
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
A
Description GBS006HN
NOTE:
● If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC EC
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”
through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN com-
munication line.
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006HO
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
shorted.)
(Refer to LAN-3, "Precautions When Using
F
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from CONSULT-II" .)
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
0500
even when vehicle is being driven. G
(Refer to BRC-4, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .)
● Wheel sensor
● Combination meter
(Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .) H
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006HP
CAUTION: I
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. K
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. L
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-
II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If OK, go to following step. M
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
onds.
ENG SPEED More than 1,600 rpm
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
SEF196Y

DTC P0500 VSS
[MR TYPE 2]
Overall Function Check GBS006HQ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal with combination meter.
The vehicle speed indication should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suit-
able gear position.

DTC P0605 ECM
[MR TYPE 2]
A
Component Description GBS006HR

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC
PBIA9222J
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006HS

P0605
0605 G
FAIL-SAFE MODE H
I
Malfunction A
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006HT J

perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. K
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II

DTC P0605 ECM
[MR TYPE 2]
With CONSULT-II
ON.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
With CONSULT-II
ON.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
3. Repeat step 1 to 2 for 32 times.

[MR TYPE 2]
A
Component Description GBS006HX

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. EC
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle. C
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control D
position.
PBIB1842E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006HY

INT/V SOL (B1) ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
G
Approx. 0% - 90%
(M/T) quickly
● No load
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006HZ
I
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006I0
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and K
WITH CONSULT-II L
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. M
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006I2
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006I3

Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
1121 actuator B)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Malfunction A
Malfunction C The engine can restart in N or P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T) and engine speed will not exceed
1,000 rpm or more.
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
With CONSULT-II
ON.
Without CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
3. Set selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T). A
EC
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. C
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C D
With CONSULT-II
E
F
6. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. G
H
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second. I
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. J
K

[MR TYPE 2]
Description GBS006I5
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or P1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006I6

P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine
is running.
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
A
Component Description GBS006I9
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006IA

D
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006IB

E

1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted) G
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is H
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
J
spring.
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006IC
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
M
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
A
Component Description GBS006IE
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006IF C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. ● Electric throttle control actuator E
FAIL-SAFE MODE F
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return G
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006IG

H
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. J
K
SEF058Y
M
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
System Description GBS006II
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
Cooling Fan Control
Battery Battery voltage*1

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan IPDM E/R
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*2
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
PBIB2483E

Cooling fan speed Cooling fan relay Cooling fan relay-1 Cooling fan relay-2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.

[MR TYPE 2]
Cooling fan motor terminals A

Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
Low (LOW) 1 4
High (HI) 1 and 2 3 and 4 EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006IJ
Specification data are reference values. C

● Engine: After warming up, idle D
the engine ON
OFF E
(206°F) or less
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (210°F) or more F
HIGH
(212°F) or more
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006IK
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction H
is indicated.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
shorted.) J
● Cooling fan
heat).
● Cooling fan relays
● Cooling fan system does not operate properly
(Overheat). ● Radiator hose K
P1217 Engine over temperature
● Engine coolant is not within the specified L
● Water pump
range.
● Thermostat
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" . M
CAUTION:
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
Overall Function Check GBS006IL
firmed.
WARNING:
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

[MR TYPE 2]
WITH CONSULT-II
cause items.
cause items.
SEF621W

SULT-II.
SEF646X
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
cause items.
cause items.
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors
Main 12 Causes of Overheating GBS006IN

● Blocked bumper
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2
, 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
radiator hoses

[MR TYPE 2]
A
4 Gas analyzer
ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature gauge ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driv-
ing EC
● Coolant overflow to reservoir ● Visual No overflow during driving and
tank idling
10 Coolant return from reservoir Visual Should be initial level in reservoir
C
OFF*4 ● ●
tank to radiator tank
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum dis-
tortion (warping) D
12 ● Cylinder block and pistons ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or
piston
E
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. F

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006IO

PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006IP

1225 learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006IQ
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[MR TYPE 2]
A
Component Description GBS006IR

PBIB0145E
tion.
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006IS

F
1226 learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2) G
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006IT
NOTE: H
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
ON. K
L
M
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006IU

Trouble diagnosis
name
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
1229 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high. shorted.]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006IV
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II

[MR TYPE 2]
A
Component Description GBS006KT
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006KU

C
Shift lever: Except above OFF D
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006KV
E

1706
engine starting and driving.
F
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Overall Function Check GBS006KX
G
WITH CONSULT-II H
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow- I
ing conditions.
N or P position (A/T) J
ON
K
SEF212Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II L
and body ground under the following conditions. M
Condition (Gear position) Voltage (Known-good data)

Neutral position (M/T) (11 - 14V)
PBIA9570J

DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[MR TYPE 2]
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR) PFP:31935
ECM receives turbine revolution sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this
signal for engine control.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006J4

Almost the same speed as the
I/P PULLY SPD ● Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12MPH)
tachometer indication
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006J5
NOTE:
● If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
Refer to EC-381, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)" .
● If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer
to EC-383, "DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)" .
Refer to EC-389, "DTC P0605 ECM" .
The MIL will not lights up for this diagnosis.
shorted)
Input speed sensor Turbine revolution sensor signal is differ- (Refer to LAN-3, "Precautions When Using
P1715 (Turbine revolution sen- ent from the theoretical value calculated CONSULT-II" .)
1715 sor) by ECM from revolution sensor signal ● Harness or connectors
(TCM output) and engine rpm signal. (Turbine revolution sensor circuit is open or
shorted)
● TCM
(Refer to AT-11, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .)

[MR TYPE 2]
A
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006J7

C
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006J8
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. E
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ● Harness or connectors F

1805
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode H
I

When accelerating Poor acceleration J
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006JA
WITH CONSULT-II
L
M
PBIB1952E
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
3. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
Refer to EC-304, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006JC

signals.
PBIB1741E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006JD


ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2*

CLSD THL POS
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006JE

NOTE:
shorted.)
(APP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006JF
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y

[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006JH

signals.
PBIB1741E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006JI


ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2*

CLSD THL POS
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006JJ

shorted.)
is shorted.]
P2128 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP shorted.)
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006JK
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006JM

PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006JN

(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2*
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006JO

NOTE:
P2135 shorted.)
circuit range/performance compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[MR TYPE 2]
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006JP
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y

[MR TYPE 2]
Component Description GBS006JR

signals.
PBIB1741E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode GBS006JS


ACCEL SEN 1

ACCEL SEN 2*

CLSD THL POS
On Board Diagnosis Logic GBS006JT

NOTE:
shorted.)
is shorted.]
2138 shorted.)

[MR TYPE 2]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. A

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 EC
degrees.
C
DTC Confirmation Procedure GBS006JU
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at D
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. E
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. F
G
SEF058Y
I
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
J
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. K

[MR TYPE 2]
Fuel Pressure GBS006K4
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing GBS006K5

Target idle speed
Mass Air Flow Sensor GBS006K6

*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no-load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor GBS006K7

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor GBS006K8

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater GBS006K9
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater GBS006KA
Throttle Control Motor GBS006KB
Fuel Injector GBS006KC
Fuel Pump GBS006KD

HR15

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HR15

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 January EC-1 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-2 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-3 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-4 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-5 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-6 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-7 C11

MODIFICATION NOTICE PFP:00000

Major Modification Item GBS006MT

● MR18DE engine models have been applied.

Revision: 2006 January EC-8 C11

APPLICATION NOTICE PFP:00000

Service information Remarks

Revision: 2006 January EC-9 C11

DTC No. Index GBS001I0

U1001 1001*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-73

Revision: 2006 January EC-10 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-11 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-12 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-13 C11

System Diagram GBS001I8

Revision: 2006 January EC-14 C11

1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)

Emission-related Diagnostic Information GBS001IM

Items DTC*1 Reference

CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*3 2 — EC-73

Revision: 2006 January EC-15 C11

Items DTC*1 Reference

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

Revision: 2006 January EC-16 C11

FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA M

Revision: 2006 January EC-17 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-18 C11

It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-

Revision: 2006 January EC-19 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-20 C11

3. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

4. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

Revision: 2006 January EC-21 C11

6. PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION

7. PERFORM DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

Revision: 2006 January EC-22 C11

11. REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART

Revision: 2006 January EC-23 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-24 C11

Priority Detected items (DTC)

Revision: 2006 January EC-25 C11

Revision: 2006 January EC-26 C11

– Air conditioner switch is OFF.

Revision: 2006 January EC-27 C11

3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Revision: 2006 January EC-28 C11

7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION M

Revision: 2006 January EC-29 C11

11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING